diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 7362ccea11..a16911bf54 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ msgid "Here is a pseudo-implementation example:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:249 msgid "Submodules" msgstr "" @@ -2936,122 +2936,154 @@ msgid "Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their s msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:221 -msgid "Custom domains" +msgid "GitHub commit statuses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:223 +msgid "This option enables Odoo.sh to push commit statuses to your GitHub repository when a build is created or updated. It requires a GitHub token with permissions to push commit statuses to the repository. Refer to `GitHub's documentation on personal access tokens `_ for instructions to create yours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +msgid "GitHub's **fine-grained personal tokens** have an expiration date and will be disabled if they fail to update the commit status. You can replace the token at any time on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:232 +msgid "The commit statuses pushed to GitHub can have the following contexts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (dev)`: status of a development build" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (staging)`: status of a staging build" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (production)`: status of a production build" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`ci/odoo.sh (test_ci)`: testing the token from the Settings page will push a test status on the last commit of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:241 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:243 msgid "To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's :ref:`settings tab `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:251 msgid "Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:255 msgid "These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:262 msgid "When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the revisions of this private repository." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:267 msgid "To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:269 msgid "in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on *Add*," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:271 msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:252 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:272 msgid "it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even your own self-hosted server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:255 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:275 msgid "copy the public key," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:277 msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:279 msgid "in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst the deploy keys." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:261 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:281 msgid "Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:262 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:282 msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:263 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:283 msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:284 msgid "Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its .ssh directory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:287 msgid "Storage Size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:269 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:289 msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:294 msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:296 msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:278 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:298 msgid "the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, sessions storage directory..." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:281 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:301 msgid "In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu `_ in your Web Shell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:284 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:304 msgid "Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:288 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:308 msgid "Database Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:290 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:310 msgid "Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:298 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:318 msgid "Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:304 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:324 msgid "Staging Branches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:306 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:326 msgid "Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:313 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:333 msgid "Activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:315 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:335 msgid "Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's activation code if needed." msgstr "" @@ -3143,11 +3175,11 @@ msgid "As the update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription vali msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:64 -msgid "`services.odoo.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" +msgid "Odoo 18.0 and above: `services.odoo.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:65 -msgid "for older deployments, `services.openerp.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" +msgid "Odoo 17.0 and below: `services.openerp.com` on port `443` (or `80`)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise.rst:67 diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 00f54c0c5f..f1597f04ea 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ msgid "The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:90 msgid "Reporting" msgstr "" @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:367 msgid "Partner" msgstr "" @@ -469,9 +469,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:749 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:883 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:701 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:894 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:906 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 @@ -1684,7 +1684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:433 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:365 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:314 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:260 @@ -1870,14 +1870,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:243 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:184 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:293 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 @@ -2550,46 +2550,61 @@ msgstr "" msgid "By default, Odoo :ref:`automatically generates ` the deferral entries when you post a customer invoice. However, you can also choose to :ref:`generate them manually ` by selecting the :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped` option instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:59 msgid "Amount Computation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:46 -msgid "Suppose an invoice of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months. The :guilabel:`Equal per month` computation accounts for $100 each month, while the :guilabel:`Based on days` computation accounts for different amounts depending on the number of days in each month." +msgid "Suppose an invoice of $1200 must be deferred over 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Months` option accounts for $100 each month prorated to the number of days in that month (e.g., $50 for the first month if the :guilabel:`Start Date` is set to the 15th of the month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Full Months` option considers each month started to be full (e.g., $100 for the first month even if the :guilabel:`Start Date` is set to the 15th of the month); this means that with the :guilabel:`Full Months` option, a full $100 is recognized in the first partial month, eliminating the need for a 13th month to recognize any remainder as would be the case when using the :guilabel:`Months` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:58 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Days` option accounts for different amounts depending on the number of days in each month (e.g., ~$102 for January and ~$92 for February)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:64 msgid "Generate deferral entries on validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:67 msgid "Make sure the :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date` fields are visible in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab. In most cases, the :guilabel:`Start Date` should be in the same month as the :guilabel:`Invoice Date`. Deferred revenue entries are posted from the invoice date and are displayed in the report accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:72 msgid "For each line of the invoice that should be deferred, specify the start and end dates of the deferral period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the **Settings** is set to :guilabel:`On invoice/bill validation`, Odoo automatically generates the deferral entries when the invoice is validated. Click the :guilabel:`Deferred Entries` smart button to see them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "One entry, dated on the same day as the invoice's accounting date, moves the invoice amounts from the income account to the deferred account. The other entries are deferral entries which, month after month, move the invoice amounts from the deferred account to the income account to recognize the revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "You can defer a January invoice of $1200 over 12 months by specifying a start date of 01/01/2023 and an end date of 12/31/2023. At the end of August, $800 is recognized as an income, whereas $400 remains on the deferred account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:92 msgid "The deferred revenue report computes an overview of the necessary deferral entries for each account. To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:95 msgid "To view the journal items of each account, click on the account name and then :guilabel:`Journal Items`." msgstr "" @@ -2597,192 +2612,192 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Deferred revenue report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Only invoices whose accounting date is before the end of the period of the report are taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:108 msgid "Generate grouped deferral entries manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:110 msgid "If you have a lot of deferred revenues and wish to reduce the number of journal entries created, you can generate deferral entries manually. To do so, set the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` field in the **Settings** to :guilabel:`Manually & Grouped`. Odoo then aggregates the deferred amounts in a single entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "At the end of each month, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Deferred Revenue` and click the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button. This generates two deferral entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:118 msgid "One dated at the end of the month which aggregates, for each account, all the deferred amounts of that month. This means that a part of the deferred revenue is recognized at the end of that period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:121 msgid "The reversal of this created entry, dated on the following day (i.e., the first day of the next month) to cancel the previous entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "There are two invoices:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "Invoice A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:128 msgid "Invoice B: $600 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "In January" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:132 msgid "At the end of January, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 31st January:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:169 msgid "Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both invoices)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:137 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:139 msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 150 = **1650** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st February, the reversal of the previous entry:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "Line 1: Expense account **1800**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:145 msgid "Line 2: Deferred account **-150**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 msgid "Line 3: Expense account **-1650**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:159 msgid "In February" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:137 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:149 msgid "At the end of February, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:152 msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 28th February:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:154 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:156 msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 300 = **1500** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:159 msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st March, the reversal of the previous entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:162 msgid "From March to October" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:162 msgid "The same computation is done for each month until October." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "In November" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:153 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:165 msgid "At the end of November, after clicking the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button, there are the following entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 msgid "Entry 1 dated on the 30th November:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of invoice A and invoice B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 msgid "Line 3: Deferred account 1800 - 1650 = **150** (amount that has yet to be deferred later on)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 msgid "Entry 2 dated on the 1st December, the reversal of the previous entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:168 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:179 msgid "In December" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for December, we have an amount of 0 to be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 msgid "In total" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:182 msgid "If we aggregate everything, we would have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:184 msgid "invoice A and invoice B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:185 msgid "two entries (one for the deferral and one for the reversal) for each month from January to November" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:188 msgid "Therefore, at the end of December, invoices A and B are fully recognized as income only once in spite of all the created entries thanks to the reversal mechanism." msgstr "" @@ -3848,7 +3863,7 @@ msgid "Product Sales" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "1000" msgstr "" @@ -4919,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:361 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:247 @@ -5631,11 +5646,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:222 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:278 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:199 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:342 msgid "Journals" msgstr "" @@ -8668,7 +8683,7 @@ msgid "The **tax name** is displayed for backend users in the :guilabel:`Taxes` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:387 msgid "Tax computation" msgstr "" @@ -9114,7 +9129,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:12 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "" @@ -9432,6 +9446,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -9457,6 +9472,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -9485,6 +9501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -10827,7 +10844,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:592 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:571 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:699 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:768 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:119 @@ -11319,30 +11336,30 @@ msgid "By default, Odoo :ref:`automatically generates Reporting --> Deferred Expense`." msgstr "" @@ -11350,57 +11367,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Deferred expense report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:102 msgid "Only bills whose accounting date is before the end of the period of the report are taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:115 msgid "At the end of each month, go to the Deferred Expenses report and click the :guilabel:`Generate Entries` button. This generates two deferral entries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 msgid "One dated at the end of the month which aggregates, for each account, all the deferred amounts of that month. This means that at the end of that period, a part of the deferred expense is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 msgid "There are two bills:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 msgid "Bill A: $1200 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:129 msgid "Bill B: $600 to be deferred from 01/01/2023 to 12/31/2023" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 msgid "Line 1: Expense account -1200 -600 = **-1800** (cancelling the total of both bills)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:138 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 100 + 50 = **150** (recognizing 1/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 200 + 100 = **300** (recognizing 2/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:171 msgid "Line 2: Expense account 1100 + 550 = **1650** (recognizing 11/12 of bill A and bill B)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 msgid "There is no need to generate entries in December. Indeed, if we do the computation for December, we will have an amount of 0 to be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:184 msgid "bill A and bill B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:188 msgid "Therefore, at the end of December, bills A and B are fully recognized as expense only once in spite of all the created entries thanks to the reversal mechanism." msgstr "" @@ -12966,7 +12983,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -13004,7 +13021,7 @@ msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -13316,7 +13333,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:332 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Usage and testing" msgstr "" @@ -13722,11 +13739,11 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the defa msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:622 -msgid ":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be posted;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not valid, it only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be posted;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:624 -msgid ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgid ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done, and it does not allow the user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 @@ -14091,14 +14108,14 @@ msgid "Since an online payment needs to be confirmed for the :guilabel:`Automati msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:268 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:181 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:798 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:796 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:808 msgid "Products" msgstr "" @@ -14107,7 +14124,7 @@ msgid "To allow your products to be invoiced when an online payment is confirmed msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:931 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:920 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:932 msgid "Invoicing flow for eCommerce" msgstr "" @@ -15673,7 +15690,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:294 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" @@ -16578,7 +16595,7 @@ msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, confi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1095 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 @@ -16587,7 +16604,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, :guilabel:`Country`" msgstr "" @@ -16596,17 +16613,17 @@ msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street name, number, and any a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street 2` field, enter the neighborhood." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: :guilabel:`CNPJ` or :guilabel:`CPF`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: associated with the identification type" msgstr "" @@ -16623,7 +16640,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:327 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:1096 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 @@ -16661,12 +16678,12 @@ msgid "Company fiscal configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:348 msgid "Configure the following extra :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` if you are going to issue NFS-e:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:351 msgid ":guilabel:`COFINS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" @@ -16710,31 +16727,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can `buy IAP credit on odoo.com `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "On creation, new databases receive 500 free credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:142 msgid "Credential configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:144 msgid "To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the administration email address to be used for the AvaTax portal in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:150 msgid "When **testing** or **creating a production** :guilabel:`AvaTax Portal Email` integration in a sandbox or production database, use a real email address, as it is needed to log in to the Avalara Portal and set up the certificates, whether you want to test or use it on production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 msgid "There are two different Avalara Portals, one for testing and one for production:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 msgid "Sandbox: https://portal.sandbox.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:157 msgid "Production: https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:159 msgid "When you create the account from Odoo, be sure to select the right environment. Moreover, the email used to open the account cannot be used to open another account. Save your :guilabel:`API ID` and :guilabel:`API Key` when you create the account from Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -16742,27 +16763,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transfer API Credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:166 msgid "After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal to set up your password:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 msgid "Access the `Avalara portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:171 msgid "Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/AvaTax account, and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 msgid "You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:177 msgid "You can start using AvaTax in Odoo for tax computation **only** without creating a password and accessing the Avalara portal in the Odoo database. However, in order to use the electronic invoice service, you **must** access the AvaTax portal and upload your certificate there." msgstr "" @@ -16770,48 +16791,48 @@ msgstr "" msgid "AvaTax account configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 msgid "You can transfer |API| credentials. Use this only when you have already created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:189 msgid "A1 certificate upload" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:191 msgid "In order to issue electronic invoices, a certificate needs to be uploaded to the `AvaTax portal `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:194 msgid "The certificate will be synchronized with Odoo, as long as the external identifier number in the AvaTax portal matches - without special characters - with the CNPJ number, and the identification number (CNPJ) in Odoo matches with the CNPJ in AvaTax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:199 msgid "To issue NFS-e, some cities require that you link the certificate within the City Portal system before issuing NFS-e from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 msgid "If you receive an error message from the city that says :guilabel:`Your certificate is not linked to the user`, that means this process needs to be done in the city portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:211 msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, and the default account payable and account receivable fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 msgid "The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:224 msgid "In Brazil, a *series* number is linked to a sequence number range for electronic invoices. The series number can be configured in Odoo on a sales journal from the :guilabel:`Series` field. If more than one series is needed, then a new sales journal will need to be created and a new series number assigned to it for each series needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 msgid "The :guilabel:`Use Documents` field needs to be selected. When issuing electronic and non-electronic invoices, the :guilabel:`Type` field selects the document type used when creating the invoice. The :guilabel:`Type` field will only be displayed if the :guilabel:`Use Documents` field is selected on the journal." msgstr "" @@ -16819,57 +16840,57 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Journal configuration with the Use Documents? field checked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 msgid "When creating the journal, ensure the field :guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence` is unchecked, as in Brazil, sequences between invoices, credit notes, and debit notes are shared per series number, which means per journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:245 msgid "Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:248 msgid "Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 msgid "If you decide to do service taxes manually, you won't be able to issue an NFS-e. To electronically send an NFS-e, you need to compute taxes using Avalara." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:257 msgid "Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the :guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for refunds` sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:263 msgid ":doc:`Taxes functional documentation <../accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:270 msgid "To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the following information on the product depending on its intended use:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:274 msgid "E-Invoice for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`CEST Code`: Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 msgid ":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code`: Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 msgid ":guilabel:`Source of Origin`: Indicates the origin of the product, which can be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the specific use case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 msgid ":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type`: Fiscal product type according to SPED list table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:280 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Purpose of Use`: Specify the intended purpose of use for this product" msgstr "" @@ -16877,27 +16898,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 msgid "Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and `Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: :guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` `Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 msgid "E-Invoice for services (NFS-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 msgid ":guilabel:`Service Code Origin`: City Service Code where the provider is registered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 msgid ":guilabel:`Service Codes`: City Service Code where the service will be provided, if no code is added, the Origin City Code will be used" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:301 msgid ":guilabel:`Labor Assignment`: Defines if your services includes labor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:284 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:640 @@ -16906,31 +16927,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 msgid "Before using the integration, specify the following information on the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 msgid "General information about the contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:318 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Street` field, enter the street, number, and any extra address information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipal tax identification number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:325 msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" msgstr "" @@ -16938,27 +16959,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:333 msgid "The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to `Brazil`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:336 msgid "Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales \\& Purchase` tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:338 msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:341 msgid ":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is within the :guilabel:`ICMS regime`, :guilabel:`Exempt status`, or :guilabel:`Non-taxpayer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:343 msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the contact" msgstr "" @@ -16966,15 +16987,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:350 msgid "Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`AvaTax Brazil `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:353 msgid ":guilabel:`PIS Details`: :guilabel:`Taxable, Not Taxable, Taxable with rate 0%, Exempt, Suspended`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:355 msgid ":guilabel:`CSLL Taxable`: If the company is subject to CSLL or not" msgstr "" @@ -16982,16 +17003,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact fiscal configuration for NFSe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:362 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:363 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:132 msgid "Fiscal positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:365 msgid "To compute taxes and send electronic invoices on sale orders and invoices, both the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options need to be enabled in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:369 msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the :ref:`contact ` or selected when creating a sales order or an invoice." msgstr "" @@ -16999,136 +17020,136 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:376 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:357 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:304 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:252 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:378 msgid "This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger `API calls `_ for tax computation, along with instructions on how to send electronic invoices for goods (NF-e) and services (NFS-e) for government validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:383 msgid "Please note that each |API| call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:390 msgid "Tax calculations on quotations and sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:392 msgid "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:394 -msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:395 -msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:396 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:412 -msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:397 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:413 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgid "**Manual trigger**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:398 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:414 -msgid "**Preview**" +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:399 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:415 -msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgid "**Preview**" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:400 -msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:416 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:401 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:402 msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:405 msgid "**Online quotation access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:404 msgid "When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the |API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:408 msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:410 msgid "Trigger an |API| call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:418 msgid "**Online invoice access**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:418 msgid "When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the |API| call is triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:421 msgid "The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping (Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:425 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) <../accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:430 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:434 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:435 msgid "To process an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), the invoice needs to be confirmed and taxes need to be computed by Avalara. Once that step is done, click on the :guilabel:`Send & Print` button in the upper left corner. In the pop-up that appears, click on :guilabel:`Process e-invoice` and any of the other options - :guilabel:`Download` or :guilabel:`Email`. Finally, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` to process the invoice with the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:442 msgid "Before sending the electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) or services (NFS-e), some fields need to be filled out on the invoice:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`, with all the customer information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:445 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:578 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Method: Brazil`: how the invoice is planned to be paid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` set as the :guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (Avalara Brazil)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:448 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type` set as :guilabel:`(55) Electronic Invoice (NF-e)` or :guilabel:`(SE) Electronic Service Invoice (NFS-e)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:451 msgid "There are some other optional fields that depend on the nature of the transaction. These fields are not required, so no errors will appear from the government if these optional fields are not populated for most cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 msgid ":guilabel:`Freight Model` determines how the goods are planned to be transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:456 msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil` determines who is doing the transportation" msgstr "" @@ -17140,11 +17161,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Process electronic invoice pop-up in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:465 msgid "All of the fields available on the invoice used to issue an electronic invoice are also available on the sales order, if needed. When creating the first invoice, the field :guilabel:`Document Number` is displayed, allocated as the first number to be used sequentially for subsequent invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:471 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:594 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:370 @@ -17152,56 +17173,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credit notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:473 msgid "If a sales return needs to be registered, then a credit note can be created in Odoo to be sent to the government for validation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:477 msgid "Credit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:479 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:480 msgid ":ref:`Issue a credit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:482 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:595 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:607 msgid "Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:485 msgid "If additional information needs to be included, or values need to be corrected that were not accurately provided in the original invoice, a debit note can be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:489 msgid "Debit notes are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:491 msgid "Only the products included in the original invoice can be part of the debit note. While changes can be made to the product's unit price or quantity, products **cannot** be added to the debit note. The purpose of this document is only to declare the amount that you want to add to the original invoice for the same or fewer products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:497 msgid ":ref:`Issue a debit note `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:500 msgid "Invoice cancellation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:502 msgid "It is possible to cancel an electronic invoice that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:505 msgid "Check whether the electronic invoice is still within the cancellation deadline, which may vary according to the legislation of each state." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:509 msgid "E-invoices for goods (NF-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:511 msgid "Cancel an e-invoice for goods (NF-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel` and adding a cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. If you want to send this cancellation reason to the customer via email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" @@ -17209,27 +17230,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice cancellation reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:519 msgid "This is an electronic cancellation, which means that Odoo will send a request to the government to cancel the NF-e, and it will then consume one |IAP| credit, as an |API| call occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:523 msgid "E-invoices for services (NFS-e)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:525 msgid "Cancel an e-invoice for services (NFS-e) in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In this case, there is no electronic cancellation process, as not every city has this service available. The user needs to manually cancel this NFS-e on the city portal. Once that step is completed, they can request the cancellation in Odoo, which will cancel the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:531 msgid "Correction letter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:533 msgid "A correction letter can be created and linked to an electronic invoice for goods (NF-e) that was validated by the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:536 msgid "This can be done in Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Correction Letter` and adding a correction :guilabel:`Reason` on the pop-up that appears. To send this correction reason to a customer via email, activate the :guilabel:`E-mail` checkbox." msgstr "" @@ -17237,15 +17258,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Correction letter reason in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:544 msgid "Correction letters are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:547 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:549 msgid "A range of sequences that are assigned to sales journals can be invalidated with the government if they are not currently used, **and** will not be used in the future. To do so, navigate to the journal, and click the :menuselection:`⚙️ (gear) icon --> Invalidate Number Range (BR)`. On the :guilabel:`Invalidate Number Range (BR)` wizard, add the :guilabel:`Initial Number` and :guilabel:`End Number` of the range that should be canceled, and enter an invalidation :guilabel:`Reason`." msgstr "" @@ -17257,35 +17278,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Number range invalidation wizard in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:563 msgid "Invalidate invoice number range documents are only available for electronic invoices for goods (NF-e)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:567 msgid "The log of the canceled numbers along with the XML file are recorded in the chatter of the journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:573 msgid "On the vendor bills side, when receiving an invoice from a supplier, you can encode the bill in Odoo by adding all the commercial information together with the same Brazilian specific information that is recorded on the :ref:`customer invoices `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:576 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:577 msgid "These Brazilian specific fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: used by your vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: the invoice number from your supplier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 msgid ":guilabel:`Freight Model`: **NF-e specific** how goods are planned to be transported - domestic" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:583 msgid ":guilabel:`Transporter Brazil`: **NF-e specific** who is doing the transportation." msgstr "" @@ -17556,7 +17577,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Alberta (AB)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:142 -msgid ":guilabel:`British Colombia (BC)`" +msgid ":guilabel:`British Columbia (BC)`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:143 @@ -17860,6 +17881,7 @@ msgid "`Chilean localization smart tutorial `_. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." +msgid "**GoBD** stands for *Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum Datenzugriff*. In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, and balance sheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:179 msgid "These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January 2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:186 msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:189 msgid "What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:193 -msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:192 +msgid "If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD text `_. It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is what to expect:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:196 msgid "The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-mentioned financial and related data)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:201 msgid "Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:204 msgid "Access rights control;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 msgid "Processing controls;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 msgid "Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, data, or documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:211 msgid "The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded (*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place (*prevention*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:217 msgid "What about data security?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:219 msgid "**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance with the GoBD guidelines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:223 msgid "Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or deleted via the application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:226 msgid "If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:230 msgid "`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:232 msgid "If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to create the necessary backup infrastructure." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:236 msgid "In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:240 msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:242 msgid "Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:248 msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:250 msgid "The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these objectives:" msgstr "" @@ -22765,51 +22787,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further customization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:285 msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:287 msgid "In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a storage device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:291 msgid "In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:298 msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:300 msgid "The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:306 msgid "A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 -msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:313 +msgid "The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text `_:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:316 msgid "180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:319 msgid "181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:324 msgid "The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google Translate `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:329 msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:331 msgid "In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court order demanding the implementation of specific measures." msgstr "" @@ -24875,7 +24897,7 @@ msgid "EDI Send Tax Integration button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 msgid "Document Types" msgstr "" @@ -27215,31 +27237,143 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Peru" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:13 -msgid "The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version the next modules are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to utilize all the current features of the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 -msgid "**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:21 -msgid "**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications `_, that keeps track of new changes and updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published on the `SUNAT Legislation `_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_pe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +msgid "Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements included in this module are the chart of accounts, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - E-invoicing`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:30 -msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "`l10n_pe_edi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:31 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate and receive electronic invoices online based on the SUNAT regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peru - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 +msgid "`l10n_pe_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:35 +msgid "Includes the following financial reports:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgid "1st set of main financial reports:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:39 +msgid "Registro de Ventas e Ingresos (RVIE) - 14.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:40 +msgid "Registro de Compras Electrónico (RCE) - 8.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:41 +msgid "Registro de Compras Electrónico - Información de Operaciones con Sujetos no Domiciliados (RCE) - 8.5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:44 +msgid "2nd set of financial reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:46 +msgid "PLE 5.1 General Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 +msgid "PLE 5.3 Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:48 +msgid "PLE 6.1 General Ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:50 +msgid "3rd set of financial reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:52 +msgid "PLE 1.1 Libro de Caja" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:53 +msgid "PLE 1.2 Libro de Bancos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Note`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_pe_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:57 +msgid "Adds the delivery guide (Guía de Remisión), which is needed as proof that you are sending goods between A and B. It is only when a delivery order is validated that the delivery guide can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian eCommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:61 +msgid "`l10n_pe_website_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:62 +msgid "Enables the identification type in eCommerce checkout forms and the ability to generate electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Peruvian - Point of Sale with PE Doc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 +msgid "`l10n_pe_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:66 +msgid "Enables contact fiscal information to be editable from a PoS Session to generate electronic invoices and refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:72 +msgid "The *Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Guide* module depends on the *Inventory* application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:76 +msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 +msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru (videos for workflows and configurations) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:86 msgid "Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI. This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." msgstr "" @@ -27247,615 +27381,625 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:94 msgid "When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:100 msgid "In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor Registration):" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" +msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:109 msgid "In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic invoice validation might have errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:113 msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 msgid "Chart of Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 msgid "The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:122 msgid "Default Account Payable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:125 msgid "The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the :abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:132 msgid "Accounting Settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:134 msgid "Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:139 msgid "Basic Concepts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:141 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:143 msgid "**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:145 msgid "**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:147 msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 msgid "**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:152 msgid "Signature Provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:154 msgid "As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:165 msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:222 msgid "Digiflow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:237 msgid "SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:162 msgid "Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations for each option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:167 msgid "This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital ceritificate is included as part of the service." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "IAP option as signature providers" +msgid "IAP option as signature providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:174 msgid "What is the IAP?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 msgid "This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care of the next process:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:178 msgid "Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire one by yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:180 msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 msgid "How does it work?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:185 msgid "The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 msgid "Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 msgid "EUR" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 msgid "22" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:194 msgid "5000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:194 msgid "110" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "10,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 msgid "220" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:198 msgid "20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:198 msgid "440" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:201 msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:204 msgid "If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the OSE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:209 msgid "What do you need to do?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:211 msgid "In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:213 msgid "As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:217 msgid "Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:224 msgid "This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case you need to consider:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:186 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:243 msgid "Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital Ceritifcates `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:231 msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 msgid "In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:247 msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:250 msgid "When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:254 msgid "Testing environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:256 msgid "Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your company goes into production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:258 msgid "When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:262 msgid "By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable the testing mode if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 msgid "In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. Proceed to this section and load your file and password." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" +msgid "EDI Certificate wizard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 -msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:278 +msgid "The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the SUNAT. Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either automatically or manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" +msgid "SUNAT displayed in Multicurrency Service option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:284 msgid "Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:290 msgid "Configure Master data" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 msgid "As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "List of default taxes" +msgid "List of default taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:302 msgid "EDI Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:304 msgid "As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" +msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 msgid "Fiscal Positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 msgid "There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the Peruvian localization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:316 msgid "**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for Exportation transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:318 msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:323 msgid "In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:327 msgid "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document is applicable;the data is created automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:331 msgid "The information required for the document types is included by default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Document Type list" +msgid "Document Type list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:338 msgid "Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta, Debit Note and Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:344 msgid "When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:348 msgid "Use Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:350 msgid "This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By default, all the sales journals created use documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:355 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 msgid "This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Journal EDI field" +msgid "Journal EDI field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:364 msgid "By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can uncheck it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:370 msgid "Identification Type and VAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:372 msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Partner identification type" +msgid "Partner identification type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:380 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 msgid "Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:382 msgid "Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be configured." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "UNSPC Code on products" +msgid "UNSPC Code on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:392 msgid "Customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:395 msgid "EDI Elements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:397 msgid "Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process <../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:402 msgid "**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" +msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:408 msgid "**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of Goods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" +msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:415 msgid "**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can manually select another one when creating the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" +msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:426 msgid "Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" +msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:433 msgid "Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the invoice has been posted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:413 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 msgid "**To be Sent**: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Sent now”." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Send EDI manually" +msgid "Send EDI manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:447 msgid "**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" +msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:454 msgid "In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:458 msgid "One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more time, two credits are consumed in total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 msgid "Common Errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:469 msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:471 msgid "In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:474 msgid "If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly (Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice again to the SUNAT for another validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "List of common errors on invoices" +msgid "List of common errors on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:481 msgid "For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:487 msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:494 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:496 msgid "Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in order to process your transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:499 msgid "Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy them by accessing the link provided in the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" +msgid "Buying credits in the IAP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:486 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:506 msgid "In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:510 msgid "Special Use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:493 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:513 msgid "Cancellation process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:515 msgid "Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request Cancellation:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" +msgid "Request invoice cancellation button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:522 msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:527 msgid "**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" +msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 msgid "**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "nvoice after cancellation" +msgid "Invoice after cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:526 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:546 +msgid "Export invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:548 msgid "When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:550 msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:552 msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Exportation invoices main data" +msgid "Exportation invoices main data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "Advance Payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:561 msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:562 msgid "Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:547 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:563 msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:564 msgid "The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular payment transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:567 msgid "Detraction Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:569 msgid "When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the next considerations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:571 msgid "All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 -msgid "Detraction fields on products" +msgid "Detraction fields on products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:576 msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" msgstr "" @@ -27863,194 +28007,194 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detraction code on invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:568 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 msgid "Credit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:584 msgid "When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”, a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason selecting one of the options in the list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" +msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:592 msgid "When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:595 msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Credit Note document type" +msgid "Credit Note document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:600 msgid "To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:604 msgid "The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:609 msgid "As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the button “Add Debit Note”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:600 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:612 msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:617 msgid "Electronic delivery guide 2.0" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:619 msgid "The *Guía de Remisión Electrónica* (GRE) is an electronic document generated by the shipper to support the transportation or transfer of goods from one place to another, such as a warehouse or establishment. In Odoo, there are several configuration steps needed before you can successfully use this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:612 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:624 msgid "The use of the *guía de remisión electrónica* electronic document is mandatory and required by |SUNAT| for taxpayers who need to transfer their products, except those under the *Single Simplified Regime* (régimen único simplificado or RUS)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:617 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:629 msgid "Delivery guide types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:632 msgid "Sender" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:634 msgid "The *Sender* delivery guide type is issued when a sale is made, a service is rendered (including processing), goods are assigned for use, or goods are transferred between premises of the same company and others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:638 msgid "This delivery guide is issued by the owner of the goods (i.e., the sender) at the beginning of the shipment. The sender delivery guide is supported in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:642 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:633 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:754 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:766 msgid "Carrier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:647 msgid "The *Carrier* delivery guide type justifies the transportation service the driver (or carrier) performs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:650 msgid "This delivery guide is issued by the carrier and must be issued to each shipper when the shipment goes through public transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:654 msgid "The carrier delivery guide is **not** supported in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:645 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:657 msgid "`SUNAT guía de remisión transportista `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:661 msgid "Transportation types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:664 msgid "Private" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:666 msgid "The *Private* transportation type option is used when the owner transfers goods using their own vehicles. In this case, a sender's delivery guide must be issued." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:670 msgid "Public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:660 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:672 msgid "The *Public* transportation type option is used when an external carrier moves the goods. In this case, two delivery guides must be issued: the sender's delivery guide and the carrier's delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:677 msgid "Direct submission to SUNAT" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:679 msgid "The creation of the |GRE| delivery guide in Odoo **must** be sent directly to the |SUNAT|, regardless of the electronic document provider: IAP, Digiflow, or |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:463 msgid "Required information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:685 msgid "Version 2.0 of the electronic delivery guide requires additional information on the general configuration, vehicles, contacts, and products. In the general configuration, it is necessary to add new credentials that you can retrieve from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:690 msgid "Cancellations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:692 msgid "**Both** the sender and the carrier can cancel the electronic waybill as long as the following conditions are met:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:695 msgid "The shipment has not been initiated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:696 msgid "If the shipment has been initiated, the receiver **must** be changed before reaching the final destination." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:700 msgid "The |SUNAT| no longer uses the term \"Anula\", but now uses the term \"Dar de baja\" for cancellations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 msgid "Testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:706 msgid "The |SUNAT| does not support a test environment. This means that any delivery guides that were generated by mistake **will** be sent to the |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:709 msgid "If, by mistake, the waybill was created in this environment, it is necessary to delete it from the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:716 msgid "Electronic sender's |GRE| is currently the only supported type of waybill in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:717 msgid "The delivery guide is dependent on the Odoo *Inventory* app, the :guilabel:`l10n_pe_edi` and :guilabel:`l10n_pe` modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:719 msgid "A second user **must** be added for the creation of electronic documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:721 msgid "After following the steps to configure the :ref:`electronic invoicing ` and the :ref:`master data `, :ref:`install ` the :guilabel:`Peruvian - Electronic Delivery Note 2.0` module (`l10n_pe_edi_stock_20`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:725 msgid "Next, you need to retrieve the *client ID* and *client secret* from |SUNAT|. To do so, follow the `manual de servicios web plataforma nueva GRE `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:730 msgid "In the |SUNAT| portal, it is important to have the correct access rights enabled, as they may differ from the user set for electronic invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:733 msgid "These credentials should be used to configure the delivery guide general settings from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Peruvian Electronic Invoicing`." msgstr "" @@ -28058,42 +28202,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example for the SUNAT Delivery Guide API section configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:740 msgid "It is required to follow the format `RUC + UsuarioSol` (e.g., `20557912879SOLUSER`) for the :guilabel:`Guide SOL User` field, depending on the user selected when generating the |GRE| API credentials in the |SUNAT| portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:745 msgid "Operator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 msgid "The *operator* is the vehicle's driver in cases where the delivery guide is through *private* transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:738 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:750 msgid "To create a new operator, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:753 msgid "First, select :guilabel:`Individual` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, add the :guilabel:`Operator License` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:744 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:756 msgid "For the customer address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:746 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:767 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:779 msgid ":guilabel:`District`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:747 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:759 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID` (:guilabel:`DNI`/:guilabel:`RUC`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:748 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:769 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID Number`" msgstr "" @@ -28101,19 +28245,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Individual type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:768 msgid "The *carrier* is used when the delivery guide is through *public* transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:770 msgid "To create a new carrier, navigate to :menuselection:`Contacts --> Create` and fill out the contact information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:761 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:773 msgid "First, select :guilabel:`Company` as the :guilabel:`Company Type`. Then, add the :guilabel:`MTC Registration Number`, :guilabel:`Authorization Issuing Entity`, and the :guilabel:`Authorization Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:765 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:777 msgid "For the company address, make sure the following fields are complete:" msgstr "" @@ -28121,43 +28265,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Company type operator configurations in the Contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:787 msgid "Vehicles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:777 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:789 msgid "To configure the available vehicles, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Vehicles` and fill in the vehicle form with the information needed for the vehicle:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:780 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:792 msgid ":guilabel:`Vehicle Name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:793 msgid ":guilabel:`License Plate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:794 msgid ":guilabel:`Is M1 or L?`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:795 msgid ":guilabel:`Special Authorization Issuing Entity`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:796 msgid ":guilabel:`Authorization Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:785 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:797 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Operator`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:786 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:798 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:789 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:801 msgid "It is important to check the :guilabel:`Is M1 or L?` checkbox if the vehicle has fewer than four wheels or fewer than eight seats." msgstr "" @@ -28165,39 +28309,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Vehicle not selected as an M1 or L type with extra fields shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 msgid "To configure the available products, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products` and open the product to be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:801 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:813 msgid "Make sure that the applicable information in the product form is fully configured. The :guilabel:`Partida Arancelaria` (Tariff Item) field needs to be completed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:805 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:817 msgid "Generating a GRE" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:807 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:819 msgid "Once the delivery from inventory is created during the sales workflow, make sure you complete the |GRE| fields on the top-right section of the transfer form for the fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:822 msgid ":guilabel:`Transport Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:811 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:823 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason for Transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:812 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:824 msgid ":guilabel:`Departure start date`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:814 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:826 msgid "It is also required to complete the :guilabel:`Vehicle` and :guilabel:`Operator` fields under the :guilabel:`Guia de Remision PE` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:817 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:829 msgid "The delivery transfer has to be marked as *Done* for the :guilabel:`Generar Guia de Remision` button to appear on the left menu of the transfer form." msgstr "" @@ -28205,7 +28349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Generar Guia de Remision button on a transfer form in the Done stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:823 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:835 msgid "Once the transfer form is correctly validated by |SUNAT|, the generated XML file becomes available in the chatter. You can now print the delivery slip that shows the transfer details and the QR code validated by |SUNAT|." msgstr "" @@ -28213,147 +28357,147 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Transfer details and QR code on generated delivery slip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:833 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:845 msgid "`Diferente prefijo para productos (T001 en algunos, T002 en otros)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:847 msgid "At the moment, Odoo does not support the automation of prefixes for products. This can be done manually for each product output. This can also be done for non-storable products. However, keep in mind that there will be no traceability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:838 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:850 msgid "`2325 - GrossWeightMeasure - El dato no cumple con el formato establecido \"Hace falta el campo\" \"Peso\"\" en el producto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:841 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:853 msgid "This error occurs when the weight on the product is set as `0.00`. To fix this, you need to cancel the waybill and recreate it. Make sure that you fix the weight on the product before creating the new waybill, or it will result in the same error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:844 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:856 msgid "`JSONDecodeError: Expecting value: line 1 column 1 (char 0) when creating a Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:846 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:858 msgid "This error is typically generated due to SOL user issues. Verify the user's connection with the |SUNAT|; the SOL user must be established with the company RUT + user ID. For example `2012188549JOHNSMITH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:849 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:861 msgid "`El número de documento relacionado al traslado de mercancía no cumple con el formato establecido: error: documento relacionado`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:864 msgid "The *Related Document Type* and *Related Document Number* fields only apply to invoices and receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:854 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:866 msgid "`400 Client error: Bad Request for URL`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:868 msgid "This error is not solvable from Odoo; it is advised you reach out to the |SUNAT| and verify the user. It may be necessary to create a new user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:859 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:871 msgid "`Invalid content was found starting with element 'cac:BuyerCustomerParty'`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:861 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:873 msgid "This error occurs when the transfer reason is set as *other*. Please select another option. Following to the official documentation of the |SUNAT|'s waybill guide, the transfer reasons *03 (sale with shipment to third party)* or *12 (others)* does not work in Odoo, since you should not have an empty or blank customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:877 msgid "`Duda cliente: consumo de créditos IAP al usar GRE 2.0`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:867 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:879 msgid "For live clients using IAP, no credit is consumed (in theory) because it does not go through the OSE, i.e., these documents are directly sent to the |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:869 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:881 msgid "`Errores con formato credenciales GRE 2.0 (traceback error)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:883 msgid "Odoo currently throws an error with a traceback instead of a message that the credentials are not correctly configured in the database. If this occurs on your database, please verify your credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:878 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:890 msgid "First, :ref:`install ` the **Peruvian eCommerce** (`l10n_pe_website_sale`) module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:892 msgid "The **Peruvian eCommerce** module enables the features and configurations to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:882 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:894 msgid "allow clients to create online accounts for **eCommerce** purposes;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:895 msgid "support required fiscal fields in the **eCommerce** application;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:884 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:896 msgid "receive payments for sales orders online;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:885 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:897 msgid "generate electronic documents from the **eCommerce** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:900 msgid "The **Peruvian eCommerce** module is dependent on the previous installation of the **Invoicing** or **Accounting** app, as well as the **Website** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:908 msgid "After configuring the Peruvian :ref:`electronic invoicing ` flow, complete the following configurations for the **eCommerce** flow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:911 msgid ":ref:`Client account registration `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:900 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:912 msgid ":ref:`Automatic invoice `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:913 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/products`: Set the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and define the desired :guilabel:`Customer taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:915 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:916 msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping`: For each shipping method, set the :guilabel:`Provider` field to :guilabel:`Fixed Price`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Fixed Price` amount greater than `0.00` (not zero), as the shipping method price is added to the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:909 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:921 msgid "`Mercado Pago `_ is an online payment provider supported in Odoo that covers several countries, currencies, and payment methods in Latin America." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:911 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:923 msgid "Make sure to define a :guilabel:`Sales Price` on the :guilabel:`Delivery Product` of the shipping method to prevent errors when validating the invoice with |SUNAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:913 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:925 msgid "To offer free delivery, manually remove the :guilabel:`Delivery Product`, or at least use `$0.01` (one cent) for the invoice to be validated with SUNAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:917 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:929 msgid ":doc:`Set up the Mercado Pago payment provider. <../payment_providers/mercado_pago>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:922 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:934 msgid "Once the :ref:`configurations ` are all set, fiscal input fields will be available during the checkout process for signed-in customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:925 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:937 msgid "When customers enter their fiscal data at checkout and complete a successful purchase, the invoice is generated with the corresponding |EDI| elements. The document type (Boleta/Factura) is selected based on their tax ID (RUC/DNI). The invoice must then :ref:`be sent to the OSE and the SUNAT `. By default, all published invoices are sent once a day through a scheduled action, but you can also send each invoice manually if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:931 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:943 msgid "Once the invoice is validated with |SUNAT|, customers can download the :file:`.zip` with the CDR, XML, and PDF files directly from the customer portal by clicking the :guilabel:`Download` button." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index ec5d215f7e..696ef49d3e 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-09-24 10:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgid "`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgid "`Squarespace DNS records `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:145 @@ -2366,6 +2366,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These parameters are only used to prevent the creation of new records. They **do not prevent replies** from being added to the chatter." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:322 +msgid "Allow alias domain system parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:324 +msgid "Incoming aliases are set in the Odoo database to create records by receiving incoming emails. To view aliases set in the Odoo database, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:328 +msgid "The following system parameter, `mail.catchall.domain.allowed`, set with allowed alias domain values, separated by commas, filters out correctly addressed emails to aliases. Setting the domains for which the alias can create a ticket, lead, opportunity, etc., eliminates false positives where email addresses with only the prefix alias, not the domain, are present." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:333 +msgid "In some instances, matches have been made in the Odoo database when an email is received with the same alias prefix and a different domain on the incoming email address. This is true in the sender, recipient, and :abbr:`CC (Carbon Copy)` email addresses of an incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:338 +msgid "When Odoo receives emails with the `commercial` prefix alias in the sender, recipient, or :abbr:`CC (Carbon Copy)` email addresses (e.g. commercial\\@example.com), the database falsely treats the email as the full `commercial` alias, with a different domain, and therefore, creates a ticket/lead/opportunity/etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:343 +msgid "To add the `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` system parameter, first, activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> System Parameters`. Click :guilabel:`New`. Then, type in `mail.catchall.domain.allowed` for the :guilabel:`Key` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:347 +msgid "Next, for the :guilabel:`Value` field, add the domains separated by commas. Manually :icon:`fa-cloud-upload` :guilabel:`(Save)`, and the system parameter takes immediate effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:-1 +msgid "mail.catchall.domain.allowed system parameter set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:354 +msgid "Local-part based incoming detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_inbound.rst:356 +msgid "When creating a new alias, there is an option to enable :guilabel:`Local-part based incoming detection`. If enabled, Odoo only requires the local-part to match for routing an incoming email. If this feature is turned off, Odoo requires the whole email address to match for routing an incoming email." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers_outbound.rst:3 msgid "Manage outbound messages" msgstr "" @@ -4985,7 +5025,7 @@ msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgid "Epson receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:104 diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index bc7cdcb5d7..a68a222591 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ msgid "To filter the results in the overview dashboard, or to present different msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:190 msgid "Filters" msgstr "" @@ -7512,6 +7512,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:966 +msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entry_analysis`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:967 +msgid ":doc:`payroll/salary_attachment`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, working hours, and any other details about their position." msgstr "" @@ -8698,7 +8706,6 @@ msgid "To sort the entries by a specific column, such as :guilabel:`Net Wage`, c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:225 msgid "To export the data in an XLSX format, click the :guilabel:`Download xlsx` button, represented by a :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow above a horizontal bar)` icon, located at the far-right of the available icons. The information is then downloaded into a spreadsheet." msgstr "" @@ -8715,143 +8722,127 @@ msgid "The view of data sent to a spreadsheet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:181 -msgid "If the *Documents* app is **not** installed, the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option places the newly-created spreadsheet in the *Dashboards* app." +msgid "If the **Documents** app is **not** installed, the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` option places the newly-created spreadsheet in the **Dashboards** app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:184 -msgid "If the *Documents* application **is** installed, the spreadsheet has the option to be stored in either the *Dashboards* app or *Documents* app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:188 -msgid "Work entry analysis" +msgid "If the **Documents** application *is* installed, the spreadsheet has the option to be stored in either the **Dashboards** app or **Documents** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:190 -msgid "The default :guilabel:`Work entry analysis` report provides an overview of the validated work entries for the current month. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "At the top of each report, the default filters are shown inside the :guilabel:`Search...` box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:194 -msgid "The work entries appear in a pivot table, with the default filters of `Current month: (Month)(Year)` and `Validated`. The various types of :doc:`work_entries` are listed on the left-hand side (x-axis), while the :guilabel:`Total` values appear along the top (the y-axis)." +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to display the available :guilabel:`Filters`. Filters show information that match the specific filter parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:198 -msgid "To change the displayed view, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon next to the word :guilabel:`Total`, then click on one of the grouping options. The available options are :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Department`. If in a multi-company database, a :guilabel:`Company` option also appears." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Work Entries Analysis` report has two default filters, the `Current month:(Month) (Year)` filter, and the `Validated` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:203 -msgid "To add a new group to sort the data, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, then click one of the presented options." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 +msgid "Filters enabled for the Work Entries Analysis report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:205 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Payroll` report has only one default filter, the `Last 365 Days Payslip` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:207 -msgid "Wherever a :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon appears on a pivot table, the information can be further grouped. Click on a :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` icon to reveal the available grouping options." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` has only one default filter, the `Payslip End Date: (Year)` filter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:210 -msgid "Click on a :guilabel:`➖ (minus)` icon anywhere on the pivot table to remove that respective grouping." +msgid "All reports can include custom filters, or group information, by different metrics (employee, department, company, etc.)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:213 -msgid "It is possible to compare the current :guilabel:`Work entry analysis` report to the previous month or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to reveal the various :ref:`filter ` and grouping options." +msgid "Some reports have the option to compare the current report to the previous time period or year (a :guilabel:`Comparison` option)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:217 -msgid "In the section titled :guilabel:`Comparison`, click on either :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Year`. The report updates and displays the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:216 +msgid "Click on a parameter to select it and activate it. The report is immediately updated with the new parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "A pivot table comparing the work entries of the current month and the previous month." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:219 +msgid "The updated report can be set as a *favorite* report, meaning the parameters are stored for quick access in the future. To do that, click :guilabel:`Save the current search`, under the :guilabel:`Favorites` section, located in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options. Doing so reveals two options and a :guilabel:`Save` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:229 -msgid "The data can also be inserted into a spreadsheet. Click the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` button and a :guilabel:`Select a spreadsheet to insert your (type of report)` pop-up window appears, asking which spreadsheet to place the information in. Select an existing spreadsheet or dashboard, or select a new :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet`. Click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to move to a spreadsheet view with the report added to it." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:224 +msgid "To set the current report as the default configuration when the report is accessed, check the box next to :guilabel:`Default filter`. If the current report should be accessible to everyone in the database, check the box next to :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:236 -msgid "The work entry analysis spreadsheet is :ref:`stored in the same locations ` as a pivot table." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:228 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`, which saves the currently configured report. Then, it appears beneath the :guilabel:`Favorites` in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:3 msgid "Salary attachment report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:242 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` shows all deductions or allocations per employee, such as child support payments and wage garnishments. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Salary Attachment Report`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:5 +msgid "*Salary attachments* in Odoo refer to a portion of an employee's earnings that are designated for a specific purpose, both voluntary and involuntary. These can include contributions to a retirement plan, repayment of a loan, wage garnishments, or child support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "View the Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:9 +msgid "Voluntary salary attachments, such as repaying a loan, or contributing to a charity on a monthly basis, are considered *Assignments of Salary* in Odoo. Salary attachments that are required, such as a lawsuit settlement repayment, or repaying a tax lien, are considered *Attachments of Salary* in Odoo. Child support payments have their own category, and are simply referred to as *Child Support* in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:250 -msgid "The employees are listed in the left-side column, while the different deductions are listed in the top row, organized by deduction and monthly individual payslips." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:15 +msgid "To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Salary Attachment Report`. The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` shows all deductions or allocations per employee, organized by payslip, in a default pivot table. The default filter is the end of the current year (:guilabel:`Payslip End Date: (year)`). The employees populate the rows, while the various deductions populate the columns, organized by type of deduction, and further grouped by individual payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:253 -msgid "The report can be exported as an XLSX file, or inserted into a spreadsheet, using the corresponding buttons at the top." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:22 +msgid "The default report contains **all** payslips for the current year, so the report typically contains a large number of columns. This could make it difficult to view all the data at once, as the report may be very wide and require scrolling to view all the data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:256 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal the options of what data can be displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of salary`, :guilabel:`Child support`, and :guilabel:`Count` can all be selected or deselected by clicking on the item. If an item has a checkmark next to it, that information is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:26 +msgid "To view a condensed version of salary attachments, and have all the salary attachment columns visible on one page, click the :icon:`fa-minus-square-o` :guilabel:`Total` icon at the top of the report, above the various payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "Select the options to be displayed in the Salary Attachment Report." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:30 +msgid "This presents the salary attachments for the current year, and only displays three columns, :guilabel:`Attachment of Salary`, :guilabel:`Assignment of Salary`, and :guilabel:`Child Support.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:265 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` can be compared to the report for the previous time period or the previous year. To view these comparisons, click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to reveal the various :ref:`filter ` and grouping options." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:33 +msgid "Each entry displays the total amount paid for each specific type of salary attachment, for each employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:269 -msgid "In the section titled :guilabel:`Comparison`, click on either :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Year`. The report updates and displays the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:-1 +msgid "The Attachment of Salary report that shows all salary garnishments in a condensed view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:278 -msgid "At the top of each report, the default filters are shown inside the :guilabel:`Search...` box." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:39 +msgid "The report can be downloaded as an XLSX file, or :doc:`inserted into a spreadsheet <../../productivity/spreadsheet/insert>` using the corresponding buttons at the top." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:280 -msgid "Click the :guilabel:`⬇️ (down arrow)` icon in the search bar to display the available :guilabel:`Filters`. Filters show information that match the specific filter parameters." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:42 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal the options of what data is displayed. :guilabel:`Assignment of salary`, :guilabel:`Attachment of salary`, and :guilabel:`Child support` are all selected and visible, by default, while the :guilabel:`Count` option is not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:284 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Work Entries Analysis` report has two default filters, the `Current month:(Month) (Year)` filter, and the `Validated` filter." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:46 +msgid "Click an option to either show or hide that particular metric. A :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`(checkmark)` icon indicates the data is visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:-1 -msgid "Filters enabled for the Work Entries Analysis report." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:50 +msgid "Compare to previous year" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:291 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Payroll` report has only one default filter, the `Last 365 Days Payslip` filter." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` can be compared to the report for the previous time period or the previous year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:293 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Attachment Report` has only one default filter, the `Payslip End Date: (Year)` filter." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:55 +msgid "To view these comparisons, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, then click either :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Payslip End Date: Previous Year`, beneath the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:296 -msgid "All reports can include custom filters, or group information, by different metrics (employee, department, company, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:299 -msgid "Some reports have the option to compare the current report to the previous time period or year (a :guilabel:`Comparison` option)." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:59 +msgid "The report updates and displays the current time period values, and the previous time period values, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two, in a percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:302 -msgid "Click on a parameter to select it and activate it. The report is immediately updated with the new parameters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:305 -msgid "The updated report can be set as a *favorite* report, meaning the parameters are stored for quick access in the future. To do that, click :guilabel:`Save the current search`, under the :guilabel:`Favorites` section, located in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options. Doing so reveals two options and a :guilabel:`Save` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:310 -msgid "To set the current report as the default configuration when the report is accessed, check the box next to :guilabel:`Default filter`. If the current report should be accessible to everyone in the database, check the box next to :guilabel:`Share`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/reporting.rst:314 -msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`, which saves the currently configured report. Then, it appears beneath the :guilabel:`Favorites` in the search bar drop-down mega menu of filter options." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/salary_attachment.rst:-1 +msgid "The salary attachment report modified to compare to the previous year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:5 @@ -8919,7 +8910,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: select the employee the work entry is for, using th msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:62 -msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: select the :ref:`work entry type ` using the drop-down menu." +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: select the :ref:`work entry type ` using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:64 @@ -9234,6 +9225,86 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Configure work entries `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:3 +msgid "Work entry analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:5 +msgid "The default *Work Entries Analysis* report provides an overview of the validated work entries for the current month. To view this report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:9 +msgid "The work entries appear in a pivot table, with the default filters of :guilabel:`Current month: (Month)(Year)` and :guilabel:`Validated`. The various types of :doc:`work_entries` populate the rows, while the :guilabel:`Total` values populate the only visible column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:13 +msgid "To change the displayed information, click :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`Total` above the main column, revealing a drop-down menu of available metrics. Click on one of the available groupings, and the data is further organized by that selected metric. The default options are :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`Department`. If in a multi-company database, a :guilabel:`Company` option also appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:20 +msgid "Work entry analysis comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:22 +msgid "It is possible to compare the work entries from one time period to a previous time period. To view this comparison, first navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:26 +msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, revealing a drop-down menu. Under the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` section, click on either :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period` or :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Year`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:30 +msgid "The report updates and displays the data for the current time period, data for the selected previous time period, as well as the :guilabel:`Variation` between the two, in a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +msgid "A pivot table comparing the work entries of the current month and the previous month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:37 +msgid "If no work entries for a specific :ref:`work entry type ` are logged for the time period, it does **not** appear on the report. That does **not** mean the work entry type does not exist, or is not configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:41 +msgid "Additionally, if the default :guilabel:`Current month: (Month)(Year)` filter is removed from the search bar, the :guilabel:`Comparison` column does **not** appear; there must be a time-frame selected to view the :guilabel:`Comparison` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:46 +msgid "Use case: overtime report comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:48 +msgid "It is possible to alter the *Work Entries Analysis* report to show a comparison of only overtime work entries, grouped by employee, for a specific time period. To view this data, first navigate to the default *Work entry analysis* report by going to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Work Entry Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:53 +msgid "Next, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon in the search bar, revealing a drop-down menu. Under the :icon:`fa-filter` :guilabel:`Filters` column, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, and a :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:57 +msgid "Using the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` for the first field, leave the middle field as-is (with :guilabel:`is in` populating the field), and select :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` for the last field. Click :guilabel:`Add`, and all other work entry types disappear, and :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` appear in the sole row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:62 +msgid "To compare overtime from the current month to the previous month, to see which month had more overtime logged, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon again in the search bar. Under the :icon:`fa-adjust` :guilabel:`Comparison` section, click :guilabel:`Current Month: Previous Period`. Click away from the drop-down menu to close it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:67 +msgid "Now, the report displays the :guilabel:`Overtime Hours` for the current month and the previous month, along with the :guilabel:`Variation`, in a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:70 +msgid "To view which employees received the most overtime, click :icon:`fa-plus-square` :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, revealing a drop-down menu of options. Click :guilabel:`Employee`, and all employees with overtime work entries for either the current or previous month appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:74 +msgid "In this example, it can be determined that :guilabel:`Marc Demo` worked the most overtime in :guilabel:`August 2024`, whereas :guilabel:`Beth Evans` worked the most overtime hours in :guilabel:`September 2024`. Additionally, :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin` had the largest variation change, with a :guilabel:`-100%` change from :guilabel:`August 2024` to :guilabel:`September 2024`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entry_analysis.rst:-1 +msgid "A pivot table comparing the overtime from September 2024 with August 2024." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:5 msgid "Recruitment" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 43fcb15dac..4f7f78d36d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -257,6 +257,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_three_steps.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/storage_category.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/batch.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/cluster.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/picking_methods/wave.rst:16 @@ -271,12 +272,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/labels.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/multipack.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/starshipit_shipping.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/cycle_counts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/use_locations.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/work_order_dependencies.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/reporting/allocation.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/subcontracting.rst:52 @@ -2767,19 +2768,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Route with \"Packagings\" selected, with \"Products\" and \"Warehouses\" not selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 msgid "Apply route on packaging" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:175 msgid "Then, to apply the route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the product that uses packaging." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:178 msgid "In the product form, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the :guilabel:`Packaging` section that contains :ref:`configured packagings `, click the |adjust| icon. Tick the :guilabel:`Routes` checkbox to make the column visible in the :guilabel:`Packaging` table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/packaging.rst:183 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Routes` field, select the packaging-specific route. Repeat these steps for all packaging intended to use the route." msgstr "" @@ -3974,7 +3975,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:372 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/inventory_valuation_config.rst:391 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" @@ -6428,17 +6429,17 @@ msgid "When products are delivered in one step, they will move from warehouse st msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 msgid "Create sales order" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:158 msgid "To create a |SO|, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales app`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank sales quotation form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:161 msgid "Add a customer in the :guilabel:`Customer` field. Then, fill out the various fields on the sales quotation form, as necessary." msgstr "" @@ -6451,12 +6452,12 @@ msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Product` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and s msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:171 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. This moves the quotation to the :guilabel:`Sales Order` stage." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174 msgid "Once the |SO| is confirmed, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears at the top of the form. Clicking the smart button opens the warehouse delivery (WH/OUT) form." msgstr "" @@ -6465,7 +6466,7 @@ msgid "Delivery smart button on confirmed sales order form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 msgid "Process delivery" msgstr "" @@ -6474,7 +6475,7 @@ msgid "From the warehouse delivery form, the products ordered by the customer ca msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:225 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate`. Once validated, the delivery order moves to the :guilabel:`Done` stage." msgstr "" @@ -6487,7 +6488,7 @@ msgid "Click back to the |SO| (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the form) to v msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:229 msgid ":doc:`../daily_operations`" msgstr "" @@ -6615,11 +6616,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Internal transfer form for products ordered from vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 msgid "Process delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:151 msgid "When products are delivered in two steps, they move from warehouse stock to an output location. Then, they move from the output location to a customer location in the database, upon validation of a picking order, and a subsequent delivery order (DO)." msgstr "" @@ -6627,7 +6628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filled out new sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a product`, and select a product to add to the sales order quotation." msgstr "" @@ -6635,23 +6636,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery smart button on validated sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 msgid "Process picking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 msgid "Once the sales order is confirmed, a picking order is generated and ready to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:186 msgid "To complete the picking, navigate to the :guilabel:`Inventory app`, and locate the :guilabel:`Pick` task card on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Alternatively, the picking order can also be accessed via the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:190 msgid "From the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the :guilabel:`Pick` task card. This reveals a list of all pickings to process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:193 msgid "Click on the picking (WH/PICK) operation associated with the sales order to reveal the picking order." msgstr "" @@ -6659,23 +6660,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Picking order form for products included in sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:200 msgid "Manually set the quantity by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, to match the value in the :guilabel:`Demand` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203 msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking, and move the product from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Output.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 msgid "Once the picking is validated, a delivery order is created, and ready to process. Clicking the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button on the sales order form reveals the newly created delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:212 msgid "Alternatively, to view the delivery order, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` page, via the breadcrumbs, and locate the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` task card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:215 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on the task card to reveal a list of all delivery orders to process, and select the order associated with the previously validated picking." msgstr "" @@ -6683,7 +6684,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery order form for products ordered by customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:222 msgid "To deliver the products, change the value in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field to match the ordered quantity in the :guilabel:`Demand` field." msgstr "" @@ -7303,23 +7304,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If `PAL1` and `PAL2` are full, the pallet is redirected to `WH/Stock/Pallets`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:3 msgid "Routes and push/pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:7 -msgid "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and made available to the retail channel." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "*Routes* in Odoo control the movement of products between different locations, whether internal or external, using push and pull rules. Once set up, these rules help automate the logistics of product movement based on specific conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:10 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Routes `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:11 -msgid "In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*, which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following the configured push/pull rules." +msgid ":doc:`Standard routes in Odoo <../daily_operations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:16 -msgid "Inside the warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:14 +msgid "Routes are applicable on products, product categories, shipping methods, :ref:`packagings `, and on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "About routes and terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:20 msgid "In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go through all these locations. As the products move through the locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" @@ -7327,7 +7336,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:29 msgid "In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" @@ -7335,7 +7344,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:38 msgid "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes, and conveyor belts bring them to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered to customers." msgstr "" @@ -7343,56 +7352,53 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:46 -msgid "Pull rules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:48 -msgid "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while *Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgid "Push rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer Location*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:50 +msgid "Push rules are used to *supply products into a storage locations* as soon as they arrive at a specific receiving location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:55 -msgid "In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is created." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:58 -msgid "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the *Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the *Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is created." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:57 +msgid "In a :doc:`one-step receipt route `, which uses one push rule, when a product arrives in the warehouse, a push rule can automatically transfer it to the *Storage Location*. Different push rules can be applied to different products, allowing for customized storage locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:64 -msgid "All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and finally the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 +msgid "Rule for a Receive in one step route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:70 -msgid "Push rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:66 +msgid "Push rule for the 'Receive in one step' route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 -msgid "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:90 +msgid "For more information about configuring rules, skip to the :ref:`Configure rules section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:76 -msgid "An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be applied to different products, the user can assign different storage locations for different products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:72 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:80 -msgid "Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to their *Storage Location*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:74 +msgid "Pull rules trigger product moves on demand, such as a sales order or a :doc:`need to restock <../../warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:84 -msgid "Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have already generated the product transfers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:77 +msgid "Pull rules work backward from the demand location. For example, in a :ref:`two-step delivery ` route, where items move from *Stock* to *Output* before being delivered to the *Customer Location*, the pull rule first creates a transfer from *Output* to the customer. If the product is not at *Output*, another pull rule creates a transfer from *Stock* to *Output*. The warehouse workers then process these transfers in the reverse order: picking, then shipping." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 -msgid "Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +msgid "Example pull rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:96 -msgid "Use routes and rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:88 +msgid "Pull rules for the 'Deliver in two steps' route." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:98 @@ -7535,11 +7541,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:229 msgid "The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" @@ -7547,27 +7553,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:237 msgid "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and *Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:240 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:244 msgid ":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:247 msgid ":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the two situations explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 msgid ":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -7576,47 +7582,47 @@ msgid "Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stoc "zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:262 msgid "The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or :guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The :guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:273 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 msgid "Example flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:280 msgid "In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:286 msgid ":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:289 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in :guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from :guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" @@ -7624,7 +7630,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:300 msgid "This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" @@ -7632,7 +7638,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:308 msgid "If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" @@ -7640,7 +7646,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:316 msgid "To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." msgstr "" @@ -7648,7 +7654,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and output zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:323 msgid "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" @@ -7656,11 +7662,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:330 msgid "As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes.rst:335 msgid "In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules have been triggered and the transfers are done." msgstr "" @@ -9848,7 +9854,7 @@ msgid "Show delivery order on the sales order line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration.rst:261 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:261 msgid "Delivery order" msgstr "" @@ -10527,7 +10533,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../setup_configuration/third_party_shipper`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/invoicing.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: if the shipping method should apply to a specific company, select it from the drop-down menu. Leave the field blank to apply the method to all companies." msgstr "" @@ -11353,7 +11359,7 @@ msgid "Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a b msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:181 msgid "Warehouse configuration" msgstr "" @@ -12091,7 +12097,7 @@ msgid "All" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:33 -msgid ":doc:`DHL Express* `" +msgid ":doc:`DHL Express `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:35 @@ -12111,11 +12117,11 @@ msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:40 -msgid ":ref:`EU** `" +msgid "Some European countries (see details below)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:41 -msgid ":doc:`Bpost `" +msgid "Bpost" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:42 @@ -12143,54 +12149,54 @@ msgid ":doc:`Starshipit `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:48 -msgid "Australasia" +msgid "Australia and New Zealand" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:54 -msgid "\\* Other services from DHL are **not** supported." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:51 +msgid "Other services from DHL are **not** supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:56 -msgid "** Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** any European country." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:53 +msgid "Sendcloud currently supports shipping **from** Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Spain, and the United Kingdom, and **to** any European country." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:59 msgid "To ensure proper setup of a third-party shipping carrier with Odoo, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:61 msgid ":ref:`Install the shipping connector `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:62 msgid ":ref:`Set up delivery method `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:63 msgid ":ref:`Activate production environment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Configure warehouse `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Specify weight of products `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:70 msgid "Install shipping connector" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:72 msgid "To install shipping connectors, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:74 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section, tick the third-party shipping carrier's checkbox to install it. Multiple third-party shipping connectors can be selected at once. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`Delivery methods <../setup_configuration>` can also be integrated with operations in the *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Website* apps. To install, refer to the :ref:`install apps and modules ` documentation." msgstr "" @@ -12198,107 +12204,107 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Options of available shipping connectors in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:90 msgid "Delivery method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "To configure the API credentials, and activate the shipping carrier, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired delivery method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:97 msgid "The list often includes **two** delivery methods from the same :guilabel:`Provider`: one for international shipping and one for domestic shipping." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:100 msgid "Additional delivery methods can be created for specific purposes, such as :doc:`packaging <../../product_management/configure/packaging>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Configure delivery methods <../setup_configuration>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:107 msgid "Ensure the delivery method is published when it should be available on the *Website* app. To publish a delivery method on the website, click the desired delivery method, then click the :guilabel:`Unpublished` smart button. Doing so changes that smart button to read: :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:112 msgid "The :guilabel:`Shipping Method` page contains details about the provider, including:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method` (*Required field*): the name of the delivery method (e.g. `FedEx US`, `FedEx EU`, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: configure shipping methods for an *eCommerce* page that is connected to a specific website in the database. Select the applicable website from the drop-down menu, or leave it blank to apply the method to all web pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`Provider` (*Required field*): choose the third-party delivery service, like FedEx. Upon choosing a provider, the :guilabel:`Integration Level`, :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` and :guilabel:`Insurance Percentage` fields become available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Integration Level`: choose :guilabel:`Get Rate` to simply get an :ref:`estimated shipment cost ` on an |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:126 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Get Rate and Create Shipment` to also :doc:`generate shipping labels `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:131 msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Product` (*Required field*): the delivery charge name that is added to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select and calculate an :guilabel:`Estimated cost` of shipping directly from the shipping carrier. If the :guilabel:`Real cost` of shipping is wanted instead, refer to :doc:`Invoice real shipping costs ` document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Margin on Rate`: specify an additional percentage amount added to the base shipping rate to cover extra costs, such as handling fees, packaging materials, exchange rates, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:138 msgid ":guilabel:`Free if order amount is above`: enables free shipping for orders surpassing a specified amount entered in the corresponding :guilabel:`Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Insurance Percentage`: specify a percentage amount of the shipping costs reimbursed to the senders if the package is lost or stolen in transit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147 msgid "Screenshot of a FedEx shipping method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:147 msgid "**Shipping Method** configuration page for `FedEx US`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:149 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, fill out the API credential fields (e.g. API key, password, account number, etc.). Depending on the third-party shipping carrier chosen in the :guilabel:`Provider` field, the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab will contain different required fields. For more details about configuring specific carriers' credentials, refer to the following documents:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`DHL credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`Sendcloud credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:158 msgid ":doc:`UPS credentials `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:163 msgid "Production environment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:165 msgid "With the delivery method details configured, click the :guilabel:`Test Environment` smart button to set it to :guilabel:`Production Environment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:169 msgid "Setting the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production` creates **real** shipping labels, and users are at risk of being charged through their carrier account (e.g. UPS, FedEx, etc.) **before** users charge customers for shipping. Verify all configurations are correct before launching the delivery method to :guilabel:`Production`." msgstr "" @@ -12306,11 +12312,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Test Environment\" smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:183 msgid "Ensure the warehouse's :guilabel:`Address` (including ZIP code) and :guilabel:`Phone` number are entered accurately. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and select the desired warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:187 msgid "On the warehouse configuration page, open the warehouse contact page by clicking the :guilabel:`Company` field." msgstr "" @@ -12318,7 +12324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Highlight the \"Company\" field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:194 msgid "Verify that the :guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Phone` number are correct, as they are required for the shipping connector to work properly." msgstr "" @@ -12326,15 +12332,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show company address and phone number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:204 msgid "Product weight" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:206 msgid "For the carrier integration to work properly, specify the weight of products by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and selecting the desired product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:209 msgid "Then, switch to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and define the :guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Logistics` section." msgstr "" @@ -12342,23 +12348,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Display the \"Weight\" field in the Inventory tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:217 msgid "Apply third-party shipping carrier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:219 msgid "Shipping carriers can be applied on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, invoice, or delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:221 msgid "After configuring the third-party carrier's :ref:`delivery method ` in Odoo, create or navigate to a quotation by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:228 msgid "Sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:230 msgid "To assign a third-party shipping carrier, and get an estimated cost of shipping, begin by going to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Quotations`. Create or select an existing quotation, and add the cost of shipping through a third-party carrier to a quotation, by clicking the :guilabel:`Add Shipping` button in the bottom-right corner of the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" @@ -12366,35 +12372,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"Add shipping\" button at the bottom of a quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:239 msgid "In the resulting :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window, select the intended carrier from the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Cost` field is automatically filled based on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:243 msgid "the amount specified in the :guilabel:`Total Order Weight` field (if it is not provided, the sum of :ref:`product weights ` in the order is used)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:245 msgid "the distance between the warehouse's :ref:`source address ` and the customer's address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:250 msgid "After selecting a third-party provider in the :guilabel:`Shipping Method` field, click :guilabel:`Get Rate` in the :guilabel:`Add a shipping method` pop-up window to get the estimated cost through the shipping connector. Then, click the :guilabel:`Add` button to add the delivery charge to the |SO| or invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:256 msgid ":doc:`Charge customers for shipping after product delivery `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:263 msgid "For users making shipments without installing the *Sales* app, assign the shipping carrier to the delivery order, by first going to the :menuselection:`Inventory` app. Then, from the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, and choose the desired delivery order that is not already marked as :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:269 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Additional info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Carrier` field to the desired third-party shipping carrier. When the delivery method is set to :ref:`production mode `, a :guilabel:`Tracking Reference` is provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:275 msgid ":doc:`Generate shipping labels `" msgstr "" @@ -12402,39 +12408,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the delivery order's \"Additional info\" tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:284 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:286 msgid "Since shipping connectors can sometimes be complex to set up, here are some checks to try when things are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:289 msgid "Ensure the :ref:`warehouse information ` (e.g., address and phone number) in Odoo is correct **and** matches the records saved in the shipping provider's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:292 msgid "Verify that the :ref:`package type ` and parameters are valid for the shipping carrier. To check, ensure the shipment can be directly created on the shipping carrier's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:295 msgid "When encountering a price mismatch between Odoo's estimated cost and the provider's charge, first ensure the delivery method is set to :ref:`production environment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:299 msgid "Then, create the shipment in both the carrier's website and Odoo, and verify the prices are the same across Odoo, the shipping provider, and in the *debug logs*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:303 msgid "When checking for a price mismatch in the debug logs, if the request says the package weighs six kilograms, but the response from FedEx says the package weights seven kilograms, it concludes that the issue is on FedEx's side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:308 msgid "Debug log" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:310 msgid "Track shipping data inconsistencies by activating debug logging. To do that, go to the delivery method's configuration page (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Shipping Method`), and select the desired shipping method. Click the :guilabel:`No Debugging` smart button to activate :guilabel:`Debug Requests`." msgstr "" @@ -12442,11 +12448,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the \"No Debug\" smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:319 msgid "With :guilabel:`Debug Requests` activated, each time the shipping connector is used to estimate the cost of shipping, records are saved in the :guilabel:`Logging` report. To access the report, turn on :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical --> Database Structure section --> Logging`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:325 msgid "Logs are created for a shipping method each time the :ref:`Get Rate ` button is clicked on :abbr:`SOs (Sales Orders)` and invoices, **and** when a customer adds the shipping carrier to their order through the *Website* app." msgstr "" @@ -12454,7 +12460,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show how to find the \"Logging\" option from the \"Technical\" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_configuration/third_party_shipper.rst:334 msgid "Click the *HTTP request* line item to open a detailed page, and verify the correct information is sent from Odoo to the shipping carrier. In the *HTTP response*, verify that the same information is received." msgstr "" @@ -12962,6 +12968,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:33 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "" @@ -14563,15 +14570,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 msgid "Unarchive MTO route" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:34 msgid "By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:38 msgid "To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :icon:`fa-caret-down` :guilabel:`(down arrow)` icon on the right side of the search bar, and click the :guilabel:`Archived` filter to enable it." msgstr "" @@ -14579,7 +14586,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:46 msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Archived` filter, the :guilabel:`Routes` page shows all routes which are currently archived. Tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." msgstr "" @@ -14587,23 +14594,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:55 msgid "Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the search bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page now shows all unarchived routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is selectable on the *Inventory* tab of each product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 msgid "Configure product for MTO" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:62 msgid "With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, then select an existing product, or click :guilabel:`New` to configure a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:66 msgid "On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, along with the :guilabel:`Buy` or :guilabel:`Manufacture` route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:71 msgid "The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy or manufacture it)." msgstr "" @@ -14611,79 +14618,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:79 msgid "If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill |SOs|, enable the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other tabs below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:83 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:87 msgid "Specifying a vendor is essential for this workflow, because Odoo cannot generate an |RFQ| without knowing who the product is purchased from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:90 msgid "If the product is manufactured, make sure it has a bill of materials (BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`New` on the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:95 msgid "For a full overview of |BOM| creation, see the documentation on :doc:`bills of materials <../../../manufacturing/basic_setup/bill_configuration>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 msgid "Replenish using MTO" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:101 msgid "After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is created for it every time an |SO| or |MO| including the product is confirmed. The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition to |MTO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:105 msgid "For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a |PO| is created upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:109 msgid "When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is always created upon confirmation of an |SO| or |MO|. This is the case, even if there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the |SO|, without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:113 msgid "While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with the *Buy* or *Manufacture* routes, the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`New`, which opens a blank quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:117 msgid "On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a product configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`, and the quotation is turned into an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:121 msgid "A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears at the top of the page. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:124 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a |PO|. A purple :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears above the |PO|. Once the products are received, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to open the receipt order, and click :guilabel:`Validate` to enter the products into inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:129 msgid "Return to the |SO| by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by navigating to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting the|SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:132 msgid "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the order to open the delivery order. Once the products have been shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 msgid "For information on workflows that include the |MTO| route, see the following documentation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`resupply_warehouses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/subcontracting/subcontracting_basic`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/mto.rst:141 msgid ":doc:`../../../manufacturing/advanced_configuration/sub_assemblies`" msgstr "" @@ -14807,51 +14814,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Route `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 msgid "0/0/1 reordering rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:103 msgid "The *0/0/1* reordering rule is a specialty rule used to replenish a product that is not kept on-hand, each time a sales order (SO) is confirmed for that product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:107 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule is similar to the *Replenish on Order (MTO)* route, in that both workflows are used to replenish a product upon confirmation of an |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:110 msgid "The main difference between the two methods is that the *Replenish on Order* route automatically reserves the product for the |SO| that caused it to be replenished. This means the product **cannot** be used for a different |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:114 msgid "The 0/0/1 reordering rule does not have this limitation. A product replenished using the rule is not reserved for any specific |SO|, and can be used as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:117 msgid "Another key difference is that replenishment orders created by the *Replenish on Order* route are linked to the original |SO| by a smart button at the top of the order. When using the 0/0/1 reordering rule, a replenishment order is created, but is not linked to the original |SO|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121 msgid "See the :doc:`Replenish on Order (MTO) ` documentation for a full overview of the MTO route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:123 msgid "To create a 0/0/1 reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:126 msgid "At the top of the product's page, click the :icon:`fa-refresh` :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button to open the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page for the product. On the resulting page, click :guilabel:`New` to begin configuring a new reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:130 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Location` field of the new reordering rule, select the location in which replenished products should be stored. By default, this location is set to :guilabel:`WH/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Route` field, select the route the rule should use to replenish the item. For example, if the product should be purchased from a vendor, select the :guilabel:`Buy` route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:136 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` field and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` field, leave the values set to `0.00`. In the :guilabel:`To Order` field, enter a value of `1.00`." msgstr "" @@ -14859,43 +14866,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A 0/0/1 reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:143 msgid "With the reordering rule configured using these values, each time an |SO| causes the forecasted quantity of the product to fall below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `0.00`, the selected :guilabel:`Route` is used to replenish the product in one-unit increments, back up to the :guilabel:`Max Quantity` of `0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:149 msgid "A picture frame is configured with a 0/0/1 reordering rule that uses the *Buy* route. Zero units of the picture frame are kept on-hand at any given time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:152 msgid "An |SO| is confirmed for one unit of the picture frame, which causes the forecasted quantity to drop to `-1.00`. This triggers the reordering rule, which automatically creates a |PO| for one unit of the picture frame." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:156 msgid "Once the product is received from the vendor, the forecasted quantity of the picture frame returns to `0.00`. There is now one picture frame on-hand, but it is not reserved for the |SO| which triggered its purchase. It can be used to fulfill that |SO|, or reserved for a different order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:166 msgid "When stock falls below the reordering rule's minimum, set the reordering rule's *trigger* to *automatic* to automatically create purchase or manufacturing orders to replenish stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:169 msgid "Alternatively, setting the reordering rule's trigger to *manual* displays the product and forecasted stock on the *replenishment dashboard*, where the procurement manager can review the stock levels, lead times, and forecasted dates of arrival." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:174 msgid ":doc:`../replenishment`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:177 msgid "The replenishment dashboard is accessible by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:180 msgid "To enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` field, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. Then, click the :guilabel:`(slider)` icon, located to the far-right of the column titles, and enable the :guilabel:`Trigger` option from the additional options drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" @@ -14903,39 +14910,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the Trigger field by toggling it in the additional options menu" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:189 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Trigger` column, select :guilabel:`Auto` or :guilabel:`Manual`. Refer to the sections below to learn about the different types of reordering rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:195 msgid "Automatic reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Auto`, generates purchase or manufacturing orders when:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:198 msgid "the scheduler runs, and the *On Hand* quantity is below the minimum" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:199 msgid "a sales order is confirmed, and lowers the *Forecasted* quantity of the product below the minimum" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203 msgid "The scheduler is set to run once a day, by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:205 msgid "To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, ensure :ref:`developer mode ` is enabled, and select :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, click the purple :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up window that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:210 msgid "Be aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:213 msgid "The product, `Office Lamp`, has an automatic reordering rule set to trigger when the forecasted quantity falls below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` of `5.00`. Since the current :guilabel:`Forecast` is `55.00`, the reordering rule is **not** triggered." msgstr "" @@ -14943,31 +14950,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show automatic reordering rule from the Reordering Rule page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:221 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Orders --> Requests for Quotation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:225 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO (Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs (Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:229 msgid "When no route is selected, Odoo selects the :guilabel:`Route` specified in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:237 msgid "Manual reordering rules, configured by setting the reordering rule's :guilabel:`Trigger` field to :guilabel:`Manual`, lists a product on the replenishment dashboard when the forecasted quantity falls below a specified minimum. Products on this dashboard are called *needs*, because they are needed to fulfill upcoming sales orders, but the forecasted quantity is not enough." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:242 msgid "The replenishment dashboard, accessible by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, considers sales order deadlines, forecasted stock levels, and vendor lead times. It displays needs **only** when it is time to reorder items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:247 msgid "If the one-day window for ordering products is too short, skip to the :ref:`visibility days ` section to make the need appear on the replenishment dashboard a specified number of days in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:251 msgid "When a product appears on the replenishment dashboard, clicking the :guilabel:`Order Once` button generates the purchase or manufacturing order with the specified amounts :guilabel:`To Order`." msgstr "" @@ -14975,31 +14982,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click the Order Once button on the replenishment dashboard to replenish stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:261 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 msgid "Ensure :doc:`lead times ` are understood before proceeding with this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:266 msgid "When :ref:`manual reordering rules ` are assigned to a product, *visibility days* make the product appear on the replenishment dashboard (:menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`) a certain number of days in advance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:272 msgid "A product has a manual reordering rule set to trigger when the stock level falls below four units. The current on-hand quantity is ten units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:275 msgid "The current date is February 20th, and the *delivery date* on a sales order (in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab) is March 3rd — twelve days from the current date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:278 msgid "The :ref:`vendor lead time ` is four days, and the :ref:`purchase security lead time ` is one day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:282 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field of the reordering rule is set to zero, the product appears on the replenishment dashboard five days before the delivery date, which, in this case, is February 27th." msgstr "" @@ -15007,27 +15014,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Graphic representing when the need appears on the replenishment dashboard: Feb 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:290 msgid "To see the product on the replenishment dashboard for the current date, February 20, set the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `7.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:293 msgid "To determine the amount of visibility days needed to see a product on the replenishment dashboard, subtract *today's date* from the *date the need appears* on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:296 msgid "Visibility~days = Need~appears~date - Today's~date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:301 msgid "Referring to the example above, today's date is February 20th, and the need for the product appears on February 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:304 msgid "(February 27 - February 20 = 7 days)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:306 msgid "Incorrectly setting the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` fewer than seven days in this case results in the need **not** appearing on the replenishment dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -15035,27 +15042,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show the replenishment dashboard with the correct and incorrect visibility days set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:316 msgid "Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:318 msgid "Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling the functionality of both routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:322 msgid "Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to, if multiple are selected. To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:326 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Route` column is hidden on the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:328 msgid "Reveal the :guilabel:`Route` column by selecting the :guilabel:`(slider)` icon to the far-right of the column titles, and checking the :guilabel:`Route` option from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:331 msgid "Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule, and a drop-down menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the preferred route." msgstr "" @@ -15063,233 +15070,204 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:339 msgid "If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgid "Inter-warehouse replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:7 +msgid "When a business operates multiple locations, such as warehouses, retail shops, or manufacturing facilities, resupplying stock from a central warehouse is sometimes necessary. Odoo uses a *Route* configuration that enables locations to replenish from a central distribution center, automatically generating *inter-warehouse transfers*. Odoo :guilabel:`Inventory` manages these transfers to keep stores in stock." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 -msgid "To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgid "This guide explains how to conduct inter-warehouse transfers using two replenishment strategies:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`Make to order (MTO) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 -msgid "View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Reordering rule `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Difference between MTO and reordering rules <../replenishment>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 -msgid "After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click :guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "The initial configuration for both replenishment strategies is the same. First go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, activate :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 -msgid "Set route on a product" +msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 -msgid "After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure the settings for the central warehouse and connecting storage locations by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Each central warehouse and other locations *must* have its own warehouse. For example, each shop is considered a local warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 -msgid "When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse. The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully tracked in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:42 +msgid "Select an existing warehouse, or create a new one to be resupplied from the central warehouse, by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, give the warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`, which will appear on that warehouse's transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 -msgid "On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:46 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Resupply From` field. Check the box next to the central warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can resupply this warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between warehouses." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:52 +msgid "The central warehouse that will supply the shops is called `Central warehouse`. The :guilabel:`Resupply From` field is set to this warehouse on the shop's warehouse configuration page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`../inventory_management/warehouses`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:-1 -msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 -msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the :guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click :guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 -msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid "Set route on a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:66 +msgid "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be transferred between warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between warehouses." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and select the desired product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 -msgid "For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San Francisco 2\"." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:70 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the new route appears as :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` in the :guilabel:`Routes` section, where 'X' is the store's warehouse that receives products, and 'Y' is the warehouse that sends products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 -msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:74 +msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` checkbox, which is intended to be used with the |MTO| route or a reordering rule to replenish stock by moving the product from one warehouse to another. Proceed to the dedicated sections below to continue the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 -msgid "Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` a new one, if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "MTO" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 -msgid "Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse that products are transferred from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:83 +msgid "To replenish products using the make-to-order method, go to the product form and ensure the :ref:`MTO route is unarchived `, so it appears in the :guilabel:`Routes` section of the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:87 +msgid "With the resupply and |MTO| routes ticked, jump to the section titled: :ref:`Replenish from another warehouse `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 -msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:91 +msgid "The product, sold at the warehouse, `Store`, is resupplied from the central warehouse, named `YourCompany`. To replenish the product using |MTO|, the following routes are selected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 -msgid "Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select :menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Store: Supply Product from YourCompany`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 -msgid ":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse being replenished" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 -msgid ":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to take place" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:104 +msgid "Reordering rule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the product will be transferred from" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "To replenish products using reordering rules, first ensure the :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y` route is selected in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "The form for replenishing a product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "Then, create a reordering rule to automate replenishment by clicking the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-step deliveries and receipts." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:112 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`, and set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 -msgid "Process the delivery order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the stock location of the retail store. For example, `SHOP/Stock`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 -msgid "The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the quantities shipped." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Route`: :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` to trigger automatic stock transfers when inventory falls below the set threshold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 -msgid "Process the receipt" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`reordering_rules`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 -msgid "Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process` button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the quantities received." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:123 +msgid "A :ref:`0/0 reordering rule ` to replenish the shop's warehouse is created, with the :guilabel:`Location` set to `SHOP/Stock`, and the :guilabel:`Route` set to :guilabel:`Store: Resupply from YourCompany`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 -msgid "After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the :guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Show reordering rule configurations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 -msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:134 +msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 -msgid "Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of replenishing one warehouse from another." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "After completing the setup, trigger replenishment using one of several methods, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 -msgid "To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure the form as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:138 +msgid "Navigate to the product form of the product that is resupplied from another warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 -msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:140 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top-left of the product page. In the pop-up window, set the warehouse to the retail shop, (e.g. `Store`), and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 -msgid ":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Replenish pop-up window on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 -msgid ":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:147 +msgid "Create a quotation, and in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, set the :guilabel:`Warehouse` to the retail shop (e.g. `Store`), when selling the product makes the on-hand quantity of the product go below the minimum set on the reordering rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be replenished in batches of 20" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Create a quote at the store." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 -msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, length, etc." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:155 +msgid "Once triggered, Odoo creates two transfers: One is a *delivery order* from the central, supplying warehouse, which contains all the necessary products to the store, and the second is a *receipt* at the shop, from the main warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:-1 -msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "While in transit, the product is located at `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 -msgid "Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created. Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:162 +msgid "A sales order for the product at the shop is created. To replenish the product at the shop and ship it from there, Odoo generates a delivery order from the central warehouse's stock, `WH/Stock` to the shop's warehouse `SHOP/Stock`. While the products are traveling between warehouses, they are in `Physical Locations/Inter-warehouse transit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 -msgid "To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the :menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the pop-up that appears." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:167 +msgid "The final delivery order is from the shop to the customer's delivery address, and is not pertinent to the workflow in this guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 -msgid "After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "Show shipments from warehouse to store." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/reporting.rst:5 diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 8164c8f589..2922c49f69 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-08-21 11:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:736 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/social_posts.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:172 msgid "List view" msgstr "" @@ -7277,11 +7277,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:46 msgid "Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:48 msgid "Upon opening the *Surveys* application, Odoo presents the main dashboard of the *Surveys* application, otherwise known as the :guilabel:`Surveys` page." msgstr "" @@ -7289,87 +7289,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Odoo Surveys application dashboard in the default Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:56 msgid "The *Surveys* dashboard can be accessed at any time throughout the application by clicking :menuselection:`Surveys` from the header menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:59 msgid "In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`New` button. When clicked, Odoo presents a blank survey form that can be used to create a survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:62 msgid "On the dashboard, all the surveys that have been created in the database are displayed in a default Kanban view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:65 msgid "From left-to-right, after the survey name, the user who is responsible for it, and the month it was created, each line on the *Surveys* dashboard shows the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:68 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Questions` in that particular survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:69 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Duration` of the survey (how long it typically takes a participant to complete)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:70 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Registered` participants for the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:71 msgid "Number of times that particular survey has been :guilabel:`Completed`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:72 msgid "Percentage and data bar showcasing how many people have :guilabel:`Passed` or become :guilabel:`Certified`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:76 msgid "The :guilabel:`Passed` percentage and bar **only** appears when a *Required Score* has been configured for that particular survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:79 msgid "The :guilabel:`Certified` percentage and bar **only** appears if that particular survey has the *Is a Certification* option enabled on the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:82 msgid "If neither :guilabel:`Passed` nor :guilabel:`Certified` appear on the line, that indicates the survey is without a *Required Score* and was not enabled with the *Is a Certification* option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:85 msgid "Number of :guilabel:`Courses` related to that survey, which **only** appears if more than one course has been created and attached to a single survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:89 msgid "A half-trophy background image behind the survey name indicates that the survey is a *Certification*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:92 msgid "To the far-right of those data points on the survey lines, located on the *Surveys* application dashboard, are a collection of buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:95 msgid "Those buttons are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:97 msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: click to reveal a :guilabel:`Share a Survey` pop-up form that can be used to invite potential participants to the survey - complete with a :guilabel:`Survey Link` that can be copied and sent to potential participants, and a :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle switch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:101 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle is active (green switch), additional fields appear, in which :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Additional Emails`, and a :guilabel:`Subject` can be added to the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:105 msgid "Below that, a dynamic email template, complete with a :guilabel:`Start Certification` button appears, which can be modified, as well, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`Attachments` can be added to the email, as well as an :guilabel:`Answer deadline` can be set, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:299 msgid "Once modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Send` to send that email invite to all the email addresses/contacts listed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" @@ -7379,59 +7379,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The 'Share a Survey' pop-up window in Odoo Surveys with the Send by Email toggled on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:119 msgid "The default :guilabel:`Mail Template` for survey invites can be edited by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email Templates` and searching for `Survey: Invite`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:123 msgid "The :guilabel:`Send by Email` toggle switch is **not** present when the survey line has zero questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:126 msgid "The :guilabel:`Survey Link` only appears when the survey's *Access Mode* is set to *Anyone with the link*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:129 msgid "The :guilabel:`Additional Emails` field only appears when the survey's *Require Login* field is **not** active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Test`: click to take a test version of the survey in a new tab, from the point-of-view of a survey participant, in order to check for any errors or inconsistencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`See results`: click to reveal a new tab showcasing detailed metrics and graphical representations of all survey participants, questions, and responses for deeper analysis." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:136 msgid ":guilabel:`Start Live Session`: click to initiate a *Live session* survey, and reveal a session manager window in a new tab. This button is **not** present for surveys that have enabled the *Is a Certification* option on the survey form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:139 msgid ":guilabel:`End Live Session`: click to end a *Live session* survey that has been officially started. This button option **only** appears on survey lines that have previously initiated a live session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:143 msgid "Above the buttons that are located to the far-right of the survey lines, a :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon appears when the cursor hovers over that particular line. When the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` icon is clicked, a drop-down menu with some configuration-related options appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:147 msgid "The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Survey`: when clicked, Odoo reveals the survey form for that particular survey, which can then be modified in a number of different ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: when clicked, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Share a Survey` pop-up form that can be used to invite potential participants to the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: when clicked, Odoo presents a pop-up window, wherein the user **must** confirm they want to delete the survey entirely, which they can do by clicking the :guilabel:`Delete` button at the bottom of the pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:156 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: users can opt to choose a color to add to the survey line on the dashboard for added organizational purposes, if needed." msgstr "" @@ -7439,7 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The three-dot drop-down menu of options that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:163 msgid "Beneath the buttons that are located to the far-right of the survey lines, there is an *Activities* button, represented by a :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon. When clicked, a mini pop-up window appears, from which activities related to that particular survey can be scheduled and customized." msgstr "" @@ -7447,11 +7447,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Schedule Activities drop-down menu that appears on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:174 msgid "The *Surveys* dashboard is shown in the Kanban view, by default, but there is also a list view option available in the upper-right corner, represented by a :guilabel:`≣ (bars)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:177 msgid "When the :guilabel:`≣ (bars)` icon is clicked, the survey related data is displayed in a list view." msgstr "" @@ -7459,43 +7459,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list view option located on the Odoo Surveys application dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:183 msgid "The columns shown on the *Surveys* app dashboard, while in list view, are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:185 msgid ":guilabel:`Survey Title`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:187 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Duration`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:188 msgid ":guilabel:`Registered`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:189 msgid ":guilabel:`Success Ratio (%)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:190 msgid ":guilabel:`Avg Score (%)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:193 msgid "Additional columns can be added to the *Surveys* application dashboard, while in list view, by clicking the *additional options* drop-down menu, located to the far-right of the column titles, represented by a :guilabel:`(slider with two dots)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:198 msgid "Activities view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:200 msgid "To have the *Surveys* application dashboard display nothing but the activities associated to the surveys in the database, click the :guilabel:`🕘 (clock)` icon to the far-right of the other view options, located in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" @@ -7503,18 +7503,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The activities view option located on the Odoo Surveys dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:208 msgid "Doing so reveals a table with rows and columns. The rows show the different surveys in the database, and the columns depict the various activity types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:212 msgid "A new survey cannot be created in this view, as it is solely for the purpose of creating and viewing scheduled activities." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 +msgid "Create surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:218 +msgid "Learn about all the different options and configurations that can be utilized when creating a survey in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:222 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:227 +msgid "Discover how to measure a survey participant's performance, or overall satisfaction, with Odoo's detailed (and fully customizable) survey scoring options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:231 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:64 +msgid "Create questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:236 +msgid "With Odoo *Surveys*, there are many question types and options to choose from, providing the ability to create any kind of unique survey, questionnarire, and/or certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:240 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:3 +msgid "Live Session surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:245 +msgid "The *Live Session* survey option available in Odoo can enhance in-person demonstrations and presentations, where participants' real-time responses can be used to dictate where the conversation goes next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:250 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/live_session`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:3 msgid "Survey analysis" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:255 +msgid "Once the surveys start to come in, it is time to analyze the responses from your participants. Fortuantely, the in-depth reporting pages and options available in Odoo *Surveys* provide countless ways to examine everything related to surveys, and their submitted responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:260 +msgid ":doc:`surveys/analysis`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/analysis.rst:5 msgid "After surveys have been created and sent to participants, it is only a matter of time before the responses start to come in. When they do, it is important to know where and how to analyze them in the Odoo *Surveys* application." msgstr "" @@ -7806,10 +7868,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 -msgid "Create surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "To create a survey in the Odoo *Surveys* application, navigate to :menuselection:`Surveys app --> New` to reveal a blank survey form." msgstr "" @@ -8193,10 +8251,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`questions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:3 -msgid "Live Session surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/live_session.rst:5 msgid "With the Odoo *Surveys* application, users can enhance in-person demonstrations and presentations with the *Live Session* feature." msgstr "" @@ -8397,11 +8451,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Repeat this process until the survey is complete." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:64 -msgid "Create questions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/questions.rst:5 msgid "In Odoo *Surveys*, crafting and tailoring survey questions is crucial for :doc:`creating and customizing surveys <../surveys/create>`." msgstr "" @@ -8751,10 +8800,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Survey text colors are directly linked to the colors used for the :doc:`website theme <../../websites/website/web_design/themes>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring surveys" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final score." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 9a33f4eb4e..eb12799aee 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2401,7 +2401,7 @@ msgid "Three tabs are available: :ref:`Tags `, :ref:`Access Righ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:293 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" @@ -3695,254 +3695,258 @@ msgid "Document traceability and inalterability (any alteration made to a signed msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`Documentation for Germany `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:64 msgid "United States of America" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:66 msgid "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) `_, at the interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic Transactions Act) `_, at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois `_ and `New York `_ have not adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:75 msgid "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:77 msgid "The signer must show a clear **intent to sign**. For example, using a mouse to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to opt out of the electronic document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:79 msgid "The signer must first express or imply their **consent to conduct business electronically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:80 msgid "**The signature must be clearly attributed**. In Odoo, metadata, such as the signer's IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:82 msgid "**The signature must be associated with the signed document**, for example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:84 msgid "Electronically signed documents need to be **retained and stored** by all parties involved; for example, by providing the signer either a fully-executed copy or the possibility to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:89 msgid "Other countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:91 msgid ":doc:`Algeria `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Angola `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Argentina `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Australia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`Azerbaijan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`Bangladesh `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Brazil `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:98 msgid ":doc:`Canada `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Chile `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:100 msgid ":doc:`China `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Colombia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:102 msgid ":doc:`Dominican Republic `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Ecuador `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`Egypt `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Ethiopia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:106 msgid ":doc:`Guatemala `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`Hong Kong `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`India `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:109 msgid ":doc:`Indonesia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`Iran `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Iraq `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:112 msgid ":doc:`Israel `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Japan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`Kazakhstan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`Kenya `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`Kuwait `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`Malaysia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`Mexico `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`Morocco `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`New Zealand `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`Nigeria `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`Norway `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Oman `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:124 msgid ":doc:`Pakistan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Peru `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`Philippines `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`Qatar `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`Russia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:129 msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`Singapore `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`South Africa `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`South Korea `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`Thailand `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:135 msgid ":doc:`Turkey `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:136 msgid ":doc:`Ukraine `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`United Arab Emirates `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:138 msgid ":doc:`United Kingdom `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:139 msgid ":doc:`Uzbekistan `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`Vietnam `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:143 msgid "Send a document to sign" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:146 msgid "One-time signature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:148 msgid "You can click :guilabel:`Upload a PDF to sign` from your dashboard for a one-time signature. Select your document, open it, and drag and drop the required :ref:`fields ` in your document. You can modify the :ref:`role ` assigned to a field by clicking on it and selecting the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:153 msgid "When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and fill in the required fields. Once sent, your document remains available. Go to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents` to see your document and the status of the signatures." msgstr "" @@ -3950,84 +3954,84 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Signature status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:161 msgid "Validity dates and reminders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:163 msgid "You can set **validity dates** on limited-duration agreement documents or send **automatic email reminders** to obtain signatures on time. From your dashboard, click :guilabel:`Send` on your document. On the new page, go to the :guilabel:`Options` section and fill in the :guilabel:`Valid Until` and :guilabel:`Reminder` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 msgid "Templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:171 msgid "You can create document templates when you have to send the same document several times. From your dashboard, click :guilabel:`Upload a PDF template`. Select the document and add the required :ref:`fields `. You can modify the :ref:`role ` of a field by clicking on it and selecting the one you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:176 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Template Properties` to add :guilabel:`Tags` to your template, define a :guilabel:`Signed Document Workspace`, add :guilabel:`Signed Document Tags`, set a :guilabel:`Redirect Link` that will be available in the signature confirmation message received after the signature, or define :guilabel:`Authorized Users` if you want to restrict the use of your template to specific authorized users or groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:182 msgid "Your templates are visible by default on your dashboard. You can click :guilabel:`Send` to quickly send a document template to a signer or :guilabel:`Sign Now` if you are ready to sign your document immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:187 msgid "You can **create a template from a document that was previously sent**. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents`. On the document you want to retrieve, click on the the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`), then :guilabel:`Template`. Click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) again, then :guilabel:`Restore`. Your document now appears on your dashboard next to your other templates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:196 msgid "Roles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:198 msgid "Each field in a Sign document is related to a role corresponding to a specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the role must fill in their assigned fields and sign it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:202 msgid "Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:204 msgid "It is possible to update existing roles or to create new roles by clicking on :guilabel:`New`. Choose a :guilabel:`Role Name`, add an :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` to confirm the identity of the signing person, and if the document can be reassigned to another contact, select :guilabel:`Change Authorized` for the role. A :guilabel:`Color` can also be chosen for the role. This color can help understand which roles are responsible for which field when configuring a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:212 msgid "Secured identification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:214 msgid "As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` through :ref:`SMS verification ` or via :ref:`Itsme® ` (available in Belgium and the Netherlands). Both authentication options require :ref:`credits `. If you do not have any credits left, the authentication steps will be skipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:220 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../essentials/in_app_purchase>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:221 msgid ":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ <../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing_and_faq>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:226 msgid "SMS verification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:228 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select :guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:232 msgid "Before being able to send SMS Text Messages, you need to register your phone number. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings` and click :guilabel:`Buy credits` under :guilabel:`Authenticate by SMS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:236 msgid "Go to the document to sign, add the field for which the SMS verification is required, for example, the :guilabel:`Signature` field, and click :guilabel:`Send`. On the new page, select the :guilabel:`customer` and click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:240 msgid "The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field, then :guilabel:`Sign`, and clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are sent by SMS." msgstr "" @@ -4035,27 +4039,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add a hash to your document" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:248 msgid "This feature is enabled by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:249 msgid "As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:255 msgid "Itsme®" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:257 msgid "Itsme® authentication can be used to allow signatories to provide their identity using itsme®. This feature is only available in **Belgium** and the **Netherlands**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:260 msgid "The feature can be enabled in :guilabel:`Sign Settings` and applies automatically to the :guilabel:`Customer (identified with itsme®)` role. To enable it for other roles, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select :guilabel:`Via itsme®`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:265 msgid "Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature` field. Switch to any role configured to use the feature, and click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" @@ -4063,19 +4067,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:271 msgid "Upon signing the document, the signer completes the :guilabel:`Signature` field and proceeds by clicking on :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`, triggering a :guilabel:`Final verification` page where authentication via itsme® is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:276 msgid "Signatory hash" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:278 msgid "Each time someone signs a document, a **hash** - a unique digital signature of the operation - is generated to ensure traceability, integrity, and inalterability. This process guarantees that any changes made after a signature is affixed can be easily detected, maintaining the document's authenticity and security throughout its lifecycle." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:283 msgid "A visual security frame displaying the beginning of the hash is added to the signatures. Internal users can hide or show it by turning the :guilabel:`Frame` option on or off when signing the document." msgstr "" @@ -4083,31 +4087,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adding the visual security frame to a signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:295 msgid "Tags can be used to categorize and organize documents, allowing users to quickly search for and filter documents based on specific criteria." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:298 msgid "You can manage tags by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Tags`. To create a tag, click :guilabel:`New`. On the new line, add the :guilabel:`Tag Name` and select a :guilabel:`Color Index` for your tag." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:302 msgid "To apply a tag to a document, use the dropdown list available in your document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:305 msgid "You can modify the tags of a signed document by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> All Documents`, clicking the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your document, then :guilabel:`Details`, and modifying your :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:310 msgid "Sign order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:312 msgid "When a document needs to be signed by different parties, the signing order lets you control the order in which your recipients receive it for signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:315 msgid "After uploading a PDF with at least two signature fields with two different roles and clicking :guilabel:`Send`, toggle the :guilabel:`Specify Signing Order` switch and search for the signer's name or email information to add them. You can decide on the signing order by typing **1** or **2** in the first column." msgstr "" @@ -4115,71 +4119,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Toggle the switch to specify the signing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:323 msgid "Each recipient receives the signature request notification only once the previous recipient has completed their action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:329 msgid "Field types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:331 msgid "Fields are used in a document to indicate what information must be completed by the signers. You can add fields to your document simply by dragging and dropping them for the left column into your document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:335 msgid "Various field types can be used to sign documents (placeholder, autocompletion, etc.). By configuring your own field types, also known as signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your customers, partners, and employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:339 msgid "To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings --> Edit field types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:342 msgid "You can select an existing field by clicking on it, or you can :guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: users are asked to enter their signature either by drawing it, generating an automatic one based on their name, or uploading a local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field type then reuses the data entered in the first field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:348 msgid ":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:350 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:351 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:352 msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or consent)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:353 msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:355 msgid "The :guilabel:`Auto-fill Partner Field` setting is used to automatically fill in a field during the signature process. It uses the value of one of the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:360 msgid "To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your mouse on the question mark next to the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:364 msgid "Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the person signing the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:367 msgid "The size of the fields can also be changed by editing the :guilabel:`Default Width` and :guilabel:`Default Height`. Both sizes are defined as a percentage of the full page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the full page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create is set to 15% (0.150) of a full page's width, while their height is set to 1.5% (0.015) of a full page's height." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign.rst:373 msgid "Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed inside the field before it is completed." msgstr "" @@ -4218,6 +4222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:20 @@ -4271,6 +4276,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:22 @@ -4339,6 +4345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:34 @@ -4392,6 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:36 @@ -4445,6 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:38 @@ -4498,6 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:40 @@ -4551,6 +4561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:42 @@ -4604,6 +4615,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:46 @@ -4657,6 +4669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:48 @@ -4710,6 +4723,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:50 @@ -4763,6 +4777,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:51 @@ -4816,6 +4831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:52 @@ -4869,6 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:54 @@ -4922,6 +4939,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:57 @@ -4979,6 +4997,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:62 @@ -5032,6 +5051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:64 @@ -5085,6 +5105,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:66 @@ -5138,6 +5159,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/egypt.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/india.rst:68 @@ -5190,6 +5212,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/dominican_republic.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ecuador.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/ethiopia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/hong_kong.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/iran.rst:71 @@ -5736,6 +5759,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Ethiopia, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be necessary." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Sign legality in Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:7 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo Sign <../sign>` is your trusted partner for secure, efficient, and legally compliant electronic signatures in Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:11 +msgid "Legal framework for electronic signatures in Germany" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:13 +msgid "In Germany, electronic signatures are regulated under `eIDAS Regulation No. 910/2014 `_ and the `Trust Services Act `_. The law establishes the legal basis for acknowledging electronic records, contracts, and digital signatures. The key points of the law include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:23 +msgid "**Qualified signature**: there are certain use cases that require a qualified signature issued by a trust service provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:27 +msgid "How Odoo Sign complies with German regulations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Odoo Sign ensures full compliance with the Electronic Signature Law of Germany by incorporating the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:57 +msgid "While Odoo Sign is broadly applicable, there are certain exceptions where electronic signatures may not be suitable or legally recognized in Germany:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/germany.rst:68 +msgid "The information provided on this page is for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. While Odoo Sign complies with the Electronic Signature Law of Germany, users should consult with legal professionals to ensure specific document types and use cases meet all legal requirements. Compliance with additional industry-specific regulations may also be necessary." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/sign/guatemala.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Sign legality in Guatemala" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index cc577cbfdb..638da90a66 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-09-24 10:43+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -54,13 +54,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/combos.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:13 @@ -5318,29 +5319,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, these devices automatically share information, allowing for direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 -msgid "Epson printers using Wi-Fi/Ethernet connections and following the `EPOS SDK Javascript protocol `_ are compatible with Odoo **without** needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:12 +msgid "To use an ePos printer in Point of Sale:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:14 -msgid "Thermal printers using ESC/POS or StarPRNT protocol are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgid ":ref:`Access the POS settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:16 -msgid "Epson printers using only USB connections are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:15 +msgid "Activate the :guilabel:`ePos Printer` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:18 -msgid "Epson printers that connect via Bluetooth are **not compatible**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:16 +msgid "Fill in the field with your ePos IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`https`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:-1 +msgid "setting to enable the ePos printer feature" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgid "When the printer connects to a network, it automatically prints a ticket with its IP address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:25 @@ -5427,6 +5427,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Epson TM-U220 family (incompatible ePOS software)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:56 +msgid "Epson printers using Wi-Fi/Ethernet connections and following the `EPOS SDK Javascript protocol `_ are compatible with Odoo **without** needing an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:60 +msgid "Thermal printers using ESC/POS or StarPRNT protocol are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:62 +msgid "Epson printers using only USB connections are compatible **with** an :doc:`IoT Box `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:64 +msgid "Epson printers that connect via Bluetooth are **not compatible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" msgstr "" @@ -5910,7 +5935,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" @@ -5975,6 +5999,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:37 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:39 +msgid "When processing a payment, select the terminal's payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:0 +msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:0 +msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:48 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" @@ -6070,7 +6114,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:41 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:81 @@ -6086,39 +6130,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `, :ref:`Adyen Terminal Identifier `, and :guilabel:`Adyen Merchant Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:96 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:91 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:0 -msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:0 -msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:100 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" @@ -6187,26 +6198,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`Ingenico` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:57 -msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:66 -msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:69 -msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:75 -msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:78 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:3 msgid "Mercado Pago" msgstr "" @@ -6340,23 +6331,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the payment method by going to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and adding it to the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field of the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:101 -msgid "Paying with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:103 -msgid "When processing a payment, select your Mercado Pago payment method, check the amount, and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:108 -msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:111 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:99 msgid "Any action made on the terminal should trigger a notification on the POS interface. Ensure the :ref:`webhook secret key ` is correctly configured if you are not notified." msgstr "" @@ -6421,7 +6396,6 @@ msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Razorpay Allowed Payment Modes` according to your need msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:-1 msgid "Razorpay connection form" msgstr "" @@ -6433,11 +6407,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can enable it for your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:58 -msgid "When processing a payment, select the Razorpay payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/razorpay.rst:56 msgid "The terminal must have at least a 10% battery level to use it." msgstr "" @@ -6446,38 +6416,42 @@ msgid "SIX" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 -msgid "Connecting a **SIX payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 -msgid "Even though Worldline has acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are, therefore, not compatible with this integration." +msgid "Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and use a Six payment terminal in PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:17 -msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 +msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +msgid "Install the POS IoT Six module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 msgid "To activate the POS IoT Six module, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for **POS IoT Six**. This module adds the necessary driver and interface to your database to detect Six terminals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:26 msgid "This module replaces the **POS Six** module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 msgid "Connect an IoT box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:31 msgid "Connecting a Six payment terminal to Odoo is requires :doc:`using a Raspberry Pi or virtual (for Windows OS only) IoT box `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 msgid "Configure the terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 msgid "Navigate to your IoT Box homepage, where you can find the :guilabel:`Six payment terminal` field once your database server is connected to the IoT box. Click :guilabel:`Configure`, fill in the :guilabel:`Terminal ID` field with the ID received from Six, and click :guilabel:`Connect`. Your Six terminal ID should appear in the :guilabel:`Current Terminal Id` section." msgstr "" @@ -6485,7 +6459,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Setting the Six terminal ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:45 msgid "Odoo automatically restarts the IoT box when the Six terminal ID is configured. If your Six terminal is online, it will be automatically detected and connected to the database. Check the IoT box homepage under the :guilabel:`Payments` section to confirm the connection." msgstr "" @@ -6493,7 +6467,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Confirming the connection to the Six payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:57 msgid "Enable the payment terminal :ref:`in the application settings ` and :doc:`create the related payment method <../../payment_methods>`. Set the journal type as :guilabel:`Bank` and select :guilabel:`SIX IOT` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field. Then, select your terminal device in the :guilabel:`Payment Terminal Device` field." msgstr "" @@ -6501,31 +6475,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Creating a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:70 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :ref:`your Six payment method ` in the :guilabel:`Payment Method` section and click :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`. Once the payment is successful, the status switches to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 -msgid "Paying with Six" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 -msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:81 -msgid "The language used for error messages is the same as the Six terminal. Configure the terminal to change the language or contact Six." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:83 -msgid "By default, the port used by the Six terminal is `7784`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:86 -msgid "If there are connection issues between the payment terminal and Odoo, you can still force the payment validation in Odoo using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" @@ -6644,43 +6593,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:95 -msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 -msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:105 -msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:93 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:96 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add it manually:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:100 msgid "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:102 msgid "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an already created location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:103 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill in the required information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:107 msgid "You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" @@ -6720,11 +6657,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:125 -msgid "When processing a payment, select the related payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:3 msgid "Viva Wallet" msgstr "" @@ -6861,10 +6793,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "You can select the payment method in your POS settings once the payment method is created. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings ` and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payment methods` field of the :guilabel:`Payment` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_wallet.rst:134 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" @@ -6965,18 +6893,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 -msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:108 -msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:111 -msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing features" msgstr "" @@ -13934,7 +13850,7 @@ msgid "In this instance, there is a total of twenty different product variants: msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants`" +msgid ":ref:`ecommerce/products/product-variants`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 192ddee36d..8feae0d8a3 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-10-07 08:27+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-11-04 11:48+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -465,64 +465,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 -msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:95 msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:97 msgid "It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track their order, if enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:101 msgid "To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the **order confirmation** email to track their order;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if they have signed-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 msgid "B2B access restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:116 msgid "If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable :guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click :guilabel:`Grant Access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:122 msgid "Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory sign-in**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:126 msgid "Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:130 msgid "Shared customer accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:132 msgid "If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`, you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." msgstr "" @@ -545,7 +541,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 @@ -660,7 +656,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/setup_confi msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:341 msgid "Website availability" msgstr "" @@ -1052,326 +1048,476 @@ msgid "Products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all within the **Website** app." +msgid "**Odoo eCommerce** allows you to :ref:`add products ` and manage your :ref:`product pages ` directly from the Website app. It also allows you to add :ref:`product variants ` and :ref:`digital files `, :ref:`translating ` the product page content, :ref:`managing stock `, and enabling :ref:`product comparisons `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:10 -msgid "Add products to the catalog" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:18 +msgid "Add products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:12 -msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:14 -msgid "From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:16 -msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 +msgid "Create products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:17 -msgid "or by :ref:`importing data ` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on :guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records `." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:25 +msgid "To create a product from the frontend, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right corner, then :guilabel:`Product`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name`, :guilabel:`Sales Price`, the default :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` for local transactions, and :guilabel:`Save`. You can then update the product's details, add an image, and :ref:`customize ` the product page. When you :guilabel:`Save`, the product page is automatically published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`products/catalog`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:32 +msgid "You can also create a product from the backend by going to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:23 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:34 +msgid "Products created from the frontend are automatically :ref:`published `, while products created from the backend are not. To publish a product, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to access the product page, then toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../sales/sales>`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:42 +msgid "Import products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:27 -msgid "Publish" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:44 +msgid "To :ref:`import product data ` using XLSX or CSV files, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, click the :icon:`fa-cog` (:guilabel:`gear`) icon, then :ref:`Import records `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:29 -msgid "Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:49 +msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:35 -msgid "To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the :guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List` button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:51 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:52 +msgid "Remove the :guilabel:`Published` filter and switch to the :guilabel:`List` view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:49 -msgid "Product page design" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:53 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon and enable :guilabel:`Is published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:51 -msgid "Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the :guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, **layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to *all* product pages." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:55 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Is Published` column to re-order it by **published** or **unpublished** products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:59 -msgid "Additional functions" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:57 +msgid "Select the products to publish by ticking their box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:61 -msgid "In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable additional functions:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:58 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Is Published` column, tick the box for any of the selected products, then :guilabel:`Confirm` to publish them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:63 -msgid ":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product reviews `; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:64 +msgid "Shop page" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:66 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added to cart;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:67 -msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or **excluded**;" +msgid "To customize the layout of the main :guilabel:`Shop` page or modify its content, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Go to the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab to add :doc:`building blocks <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>` or to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to change the page layout or add features:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:68 -msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants ` of the product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable options to compose the variant yourself;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: Select :guilabel:`Grid` or :guilabel:`List`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:72 -msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button ` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; :guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Size`: Set the number of products displayed per page and line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:75 -msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the :guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for products *with* variants." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Style`: Select :guilabel:`Default`, :guilabel:`Cards`, :guilabel:`Thumbnails`, or :guilabel:`Grid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:80 -msgid "To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image Size`: Choose the aspect ratio for the product images: :guilabel:`Landscape (4/3)`, :guilabel:`Default (1/1)`, :guilabel:`Portrait (4/5)`, or :guilabel:`Vertical (2/3)`. You can also adjust the display by changing the :guilabel:`Fill` options to best fit your design preferences." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 -msgid "To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Search Bar`: Toggle the switch to display a search bar at the top of the products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:87 -msgid "Layout" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:82 +msgid "page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:89 -msgid "Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions `, the layout configuration can be changed according to your needs." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`Prod. Desc.`: Toggle the switch to display the product description below the product's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:92 -msgid ":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed on the page;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Categories`: display product categories on the :guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If :guilabel:`Left` is selected, you can enable :guilabel:`Collapse Categories` to make the category menu collapsible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:93 -msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Datepicker`: Toggle the switch to display a date range calendar to check the availability of rental products over a specific period. The :doc:`Rental app <../../sales/rental>` must be installed to use this feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:96 -msgid ":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image (:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Attributes`: Show product attributes on the :guilabel:`Left` and/or display a :icon:`fa-sliders` (:guilabel:`dropdown toggle`) icon at the :guilabel:`Top` allowing customers to filter products based on their attributes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either **vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:101 -msgid ":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's main image;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Price Filter`: Toggle the switch to display a :guilabel:`Price Range` bar, which allows customers to filter products according to a specific price range by dragging adjustable handles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:102 -msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via **URL**." +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags by going to the :guilabel:`Tags` section in the left column." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:106 -msgid "Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgid ":guilabel:`Top Bar`: Select :guilabel:`Sort By` to display a dropdown list in the top bar for sorting products and/or :guilabel:`Layout` to allow customers to switch to the grid or list view using the related icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Product images layout" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: Choose how products are sorted by default: :guilabel:`Featured`, :guilabel:`Newest Arrivals`, :guilabel:`Name (A-Z)`, :guilabel:`Price - Low to High`, or :guilabel:`Price - High to Low`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 -msgid "Add content" +msgid ":guilabel:`Buttons`:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:116 -msgid "You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, :guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Shopping cart`) option to display an :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to cart`) icon on each product's image, which takes the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:120 -msgid "Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-heart-o` (:guilabel:`Wishlist`) option to display an :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`Add to wishlist`) icon on each product's image allowing logged-in customers to save products to a wishlist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Building blocks on product page" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:124 +msgid "Select the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option to display the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) icon on each product's image allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:130 -msgid "Download link" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:129 +msgid "To feature a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :icon:`fa-star-o` (:guilabel:`Favorite`) icon next to the product's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:132 -msgid "To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from :menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the :guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or :guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:135 +msgid "Product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:139 -msgid "The difference with :ref:`digital files ` is that digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:137 +msgid "To access a product's page, go to the :guilabel:`Shop` and click on the product. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to :ref:`customize ` the page or :ref:`edit its images `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Media and link buttons" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:143 +msgid "To access the backend **product form**, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Product` button in the top-right corner of the product page. Alternatively, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and select the product. You can configure the product page from the form by adding :ref:`variants `, :ref:`digital documents `, or :ref:`translating ` content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:149 -msgid "Digital files" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:150 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to return to the frontend product's page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:151 -msgid "Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on :menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27 +msgid "Customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Digital Files menu" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:157 +msgid "To customize a product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Go to the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab to add :doc:`building blocks <../../websites/website/web_design/building_blocks>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:161 -msgid "For the configuration:" +msgid "When dragging and dropping a building block on the product page, placing it above or below the top or bottom blue lines makes it visible on all product pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:163 -msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgid "You can edit any text on your website simply by clicking on it while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:164 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:165 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to modify the page layout or add features:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:167 -msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgid ":guilabel:`Terms and Conditions`: Toggle the switch to display a link to your :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` on the product page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:170 -msgid "The file is then available after checkout in the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` section, found on the customer's portal." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customers`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:174 -msgid "Product configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rating`: Allow logged-in portal users to submit product reviews by clicking the stars below the product's name and sharing their experience in the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` section at the bottom. Reviews are visible from the product page using the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`plus`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Customer Reviews` heading or from the product form's chatter. To restrict visibility to internal employees, toggle the :guilabel:`Public` switch next to the review comment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:177 -msgid "Multiple languages" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Share`: Add social media and email icon buttons allowing customers to share the product through those channels." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:179 -msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN (English)`) next to their field." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: Toggle the switch to allow customers to select the product quantity they want to purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 -msgid "Field translation" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax indication`: Toggle the switch to indicate if the price is :ref:`VAT included or excluded `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:188 -msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`: Show all possible product :ref:`variants ` vertically as a :guilabel:`Products List` or horizontally as selectable :guilabel:`Options` to compose the variant yourself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:190 -msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Tags`: Toggle the switch to display the :guilabel:`Product Template Tags` on the product page and allow customers to filter products using those tags." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:191 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:195 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cart`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:192 -msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:197 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy Now`: Add a :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` option to take the customer to the checkout page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:195 -msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wishlist`: Add an :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Add to wishlist` option allowing logged-in customers to save products in a wishlist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:198 -msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compare`: Add a :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` option, allowing customers to :ref:`compare products ` based on their attributes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:202 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Specification`: Select :guilabel:`Bottom of Page` to display a detailed list of the attributes and their values available for the product. This option only works for products with :ref:`variants ` if the :ref:`Product comparison tool ` is enabled in the Website :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:207 -msgid "A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:211 +msgid ":guilabel:`Variants`, :icon:`fa-heart-o` :guilabel:`Wishlist`, and :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` options must be enabled by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:214 -msgid "Stock management" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:215 +msgid "Enabled functions apply to all product pages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:216 -msgid "Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgid "Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants but are still displayed in the :guilabel:`Product Specifications`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:220 -msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:222 +msgid "Image customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:225 -msgid "Inventory" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:224 +msgid "To customize the images available on the product page, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:226 +msgid ":guilabel:`Images Width`: Changes the width of the product images displayed on the page." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:227 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgid ":guilabel:`Layout`: The :guilabel:`Carousel` layout allows customers to navigate from one image to the next using the :icon:`fa-angle-left` (:guilabel:`left arrow`) or :icon:`fa-angle-right` (:guilabel:`right arrow`); whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays four images in a square layout." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:230 -msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can select a different one per website;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: Select the zoom effect for product images: :guilabel:`Magnifier on hover` :guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:232 -msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: Align thumbnails on the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-left` (:guilabel:`Left`) or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:233 +msgid "at the :icon:`fa-long-arrow-down` (:guilabel:`Bottom`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:234 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Image`: Click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's main image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:235 -msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Images`: :guilabel:`Add` extra images or videos (including via URL) or :guilabel:`Remove all` product images." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:240 -msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy `" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:239 +msgid "Images must be in PNG or JPG format and with a minimum size of 1024x1024 to trigger the zoom." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:243 -msgid "Selling as kit" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:244 +msgid "Product variants" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:245 -msgid "If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to keep track of your stock." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:246 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` are different versions of the same product, such as various colors or materials, with potential differences in price and availability." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:249 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/advanced_configuration/kit_shipping`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:250 +msgid "To configure product variants for a product:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:252 -msgid "Product comparison" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:254 -msgid "You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`, and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single page." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:253 +msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and enable the :guilabel:`Product Variants` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:259 -msgid "On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:255 +msgid "Access the :ref:`product forms ` and go to the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, where you can add attributes and values, allowing customers to configure and select product variants on the product page. For multiple attributes, you can combine them to create specific variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:260 +msgid "To display or hide an attribute on the :guilabel:`Shop` page and allow visitors to filter them, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, click on the attribute, and select :guilabel:`Visible` or :guilabel:`Hidden` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce Filter Visibility` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:265 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes ` are set on the **product's template**." +msgid "To display the product attributes on :ref:`the main Shop page `, set the :guilabel:`Attributes` feature to :guilabel:`Left` using the website editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:267 +msgid "To group attributes under the same section when :ref:`comparing products `, go to the :guilabel:`eCommerce Category` field and either select an :doc:`existing category or create a new one <../../websites/ecommerce/products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:273 +msgid "Two attribute values are needed to make the filter visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:276 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants <../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:281 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:283 +msgid "You can link digital files like certificates, eBooks, or user manuals to the products. These documents are available :ref:`before payment ` on the product page or in the customer portal :ref:`after checkout `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:287 +msgid "To link a digital file to a product, go to the :ref:`product form ` and click the :guilabel:`Documents` smart button. Then, click :guilabel:`Upload` to upload a file directly, or for additional options, click :guilabel:`New`, then :guilabel:`Upload your file`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:292 +msgid "You can link a URL instead of a digital file. To do so, click :guilabel:`New`, go to the :guilabel:`Type` field, and select :guilabel:`URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:294 +msgid "To edit an existing file, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`dropdown menu`) in the top-right corner of the document card and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:300 +msgid "Digital files available before payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:302 +msgid "To make the file available on the product page (before payment), leave the :guilabel:`Visibility` field blank and toggle the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 +msgid "digital file available before payment on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:311 +msgid "Digital files available after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:313 +msgid "To make the file available (after payment), set the :guilabel:`Visibility` field to :guilabel:`Confirmed order` and turn off the :guilabel:`Show on product page` switch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:319 +msgid "Translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:321 +msgid "If multiple languages are available on your website, you can translate a product's information directly on the :ref:`product form `. Fields that support multiple languages are identifiable by their abbreviation language (e.g., EN) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:325 +msgid "The eCommerce-related fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:327 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:328 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:329 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:332 +msgid "Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user experience and :doc:`SEO <../../websites/website/pages/seo>`. You can use the :doc:`Translate <../website/configuration/translate>` feature to translate the page's content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:335 +msgid "To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and go to the :guilabel:`Website Info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:343 +msgid "To set the product's website availability, navigate to the :ref:`product form `, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and in the :guilabel:`eCommerce shop` section, select the :guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field blank to make the product available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:349 +msgid "You can make a product available on either *one* website or *all* websites, but selecting only *some* websites is not possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:355 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:357 +msgid "To enable and configure inventory management options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:362 +msgid "The **Inventory** app must be installed to see the inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:363 +msgid "To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type` field must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` in the :ref:`product form `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:367 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:369 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, fill in those fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:371 +msgid ":doc:`Warehouse <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/inventory_management/warehouses>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:372 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock`: Enable :guilabel:`Continue Selling` to allow customers to place orders even when the product is **out of stock**. Leave the box unchecked to **prevent orders**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:374 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: Displays the available quantity left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity is calculated based on the :guilabel:`On hand` quantity minus the quantity already reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:381 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:383 +msgid "To allow website visitors to compare products based on their attributes, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section, and enable :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:387 +msgid "The :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) icon is now available on each product card on the main shop page when customers hover their mouse over it. To compare products, customers can click the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option on the products they want to compare, then click :icon:`fa-exchange` :guilabel:`Compare` in the pop-up window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:-1 msgid "Product comparison window" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:397 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` is only available for products with :ref:`attributes `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products.rst:399 +msgid "Selecting the :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`Compare`) option from a product page is also possible." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:3 msgid "Catalog" msgstr "" @@ -1409,7 +1555,6 @@ msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`../products`" msgstr "" @@ -1430,7 +1575,6 @@ msgid "Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** o msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:15 msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" msgstr "" @@ -1582,6 +1726,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:180 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/catalog.rst:182 msgid "You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." msgstr "" @@ -1726,27 +1874,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:26 msgid "Tax display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:28 msgid "Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select :guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:33 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-included**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:38 msgid "This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:43 msgid "You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling :guilabel:`Tax Indication`." msgstr "" @@ -1754,15 +1902,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:52 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:55 msgid "Price per unit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:57 msgid "It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit <../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom>` on the product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." msgstr "" @@ -1770,7 +1918,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:68 msgid "The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the product page." msgstr "" @@ -1778,48 +1926,48 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:76 msgid "Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/configure/uom`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:84 msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:86 msgid "Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, **minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:98 msgid "Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:102 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:105 msgid "The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer *segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as **discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:110 msgid "Foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:112 msgid "If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search bar**." msgstr "" @@ -1827,15 +1975,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Pricelists selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:125 msgid "Permanent discount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:127 msgid "If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted price** next to it." msgstr "" @@ -1843,102 +1991,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Price strikethrough" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/price_management.rst:135 msgid "To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products category`. Then, head to the product's template (:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the :guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Product variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:5 -msgid "Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:10 -msgid "To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:19 -msgid "Product configurator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:21 -msgid "Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Variants configurator" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:29 -msgid "The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the attributes. You can then select between four options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:33 -msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:34 -msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Display type options for attributes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an **attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the **product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "Product specifications" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:60 -msgid "Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field :guilabel:`Specification`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Specifications list on the product page" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:70 -msgid "The product **specification list** can also be used on products without variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with single values for their attributes do not generate variants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:75 -msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and values, allowing them to :ref:`filter ` the catalog based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the :guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either :guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the :guilabel:`Attributes` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/products/variants.rst:-1 -msgid "Categories buttons" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 msgid "eLearning" msgstr "" @@ -4575,10 +4631,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :ref:`Cookies Policy ` page (/cookie-policy`) is automatically created when you enable the cookies bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:27 -msgid "Customization" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 msgid "To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Invisible Elements` section at the bottom of the panel, and click :guilabel:`Cookies Bar`. You can modify the :guilabel:`Layout` and :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar, and enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the cookies bar is displayed on the screen." msgstr "" @@ -5113,11 +5165,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:136 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ New Website`." msgstr ""